REPUBLIC BANCORP INC /KY/
SC 13D, 1999-02-08
STATE COMMERCIAL BANKS
Previous: CONSOLIDATED GRAPHICS INC /TX/, SC 13G/A, 1999-02-08
Next: DELAWARE MANAGEMENT HOLDINGS CO INC, SC 13G, 1999-02-08



<PAGE>  1

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                  SCHEDULE 13D

                    Under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
                              (Amendment No. ____)*

                             REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC.
                                (Name of Issuer)

                       CLASS A COMMON STOCK, NO PAR VALUE
                         (Title of Class of Securities)

                                   720281 204
                                 (CUSIP Number)

                                Bernard M. Trager
                             601 West Market Street
                           Louisville, Kentucky 40202
                                 (502) 584-3600
                  (Name, Address and Telephone Number of Person
                Authorized to Receive Notices and Communications)

                                January 29, 1999
             (Date of Event Which Requires Filing of This Statement)

         If the filing person has  previously  filed a statement on Schedule 13G
to report the  acquisition  that is the  subject of this  Schedule  13D,  and is
filing  this schedule  because of Rule 13d-1(e),(f) or (g),  check the following
box. /__/

         *The  remainder  of this cover page shall be filled out for a reporting
person's  initial  fling on this  form  with  respect  to the  subject  class of
securities,  and for any subsequent amendment containing information which would
alter disclosures provided in a prior cover page.

         The information  required on the remainder of this cover page shall not
be deemed to be "filed" for the purpose of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934 ("Act") or otherwise  subject to the  liabilities of that section of
the Act but shall be subject to all other  provisions of the Act  (however,  see
the Notes).



<PAGE>  2



                     CUSIP NO. - 760281 20 4

(1)      Names of Reporting Persons. . . . . . . Bernard M. Trager

         I.R.S. Identification Nos. of
         Above Persons (entities only) . . . . .

(2)      Check the Appropriate Box
         if a Member of a Group
         (See Instructions). . . . . . . . . . (a)
                                               (b)

(3)      SEC Use Only. . . . . . . . . . . . .

(4)      Source of Funds (see Instructions). .  SC

(5)      Check if Disclosure
         of Legal Proceedings is
         Required Pursuant to
         Items 2(d) or 2(e). . . . . . . . . .

(6)      Citizenship or Place
         of Organization. . . . . . . . . . . . U.S.

Number of Shares Beneficially
Owned by Each Reporting Person
With:

         (7)      Sole Voting Power. . . . . . . . 1,028,344 <F1>
         (8)      Shared Voting Power. . . . . . . 7,908,228 <F1><F2>
         (9)      Sole Dispositive Power . . . . . 1,028,344 <F1>
         (10)     Shared Dispositive Power . . . . 7,908,228 <F1><F2>

(11)     Aggregate Amount Beneficially
         Owned by Each Reporting Person . . . .8,936,572 <F1><F2>

(12)     Check if the Aggregate Amount
         in Row (11) Excludes Certain
         Shares (See Instructions). . . . . . .

(13)     Percent of Class Represented
         by Amount in Row (11) . . . . . . . . .  54.4%

(14)     Type of Reporting Person  . . . . . . .  IN

- ----------
        <F1>Includes 544,726 shares of Class B Common Stock of the Issuer (which
is  convertible  into Class A Common  Stock on a one share for one share  basis)
held by the reporting person.



<PAGE>  3



        <F2>Includes  5,903,612 shares of Class A Common Stock held of record by
Teebank Family Limited Partnership ("Teebank"), 763,984 shares of Class B Common
Stock held of record by Teebank,  620,784 shares of Class A Common Stock held of
record by Jaytee Properties Limited Partnership  ("Jaytee"),  and 119,694 shares
of Class B Common  Stock held of record by  Jaytee.  The  reporting  person is a
general  and a limited  partner  and the  reporting  person's  wife is a limited
partner of Teebank and Jaytee. The reporting person shares voting and investment
power over the shares held of record by Teebank  and Jaytee  with Mr.  Steven E.
Trager,  Mr. Scott Trager and Mr.  Sheldon  Gilman,  as trustee.  Also  includes
117,454  shares of Class B Common  Stock held by Mrs.  Bernard M.  Trager.  Also
includes  300,000  shares of Class A Common Stock held by the Republic  Bancorp,
Inc.  Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the "ESOP"),  of which the reporting person
is a member of the Administrative  Committee. The reporting person shares voting
power over the shares held of record by the ESOP with Mr. William Petter and Mr.
Larry M. Hayes.  Also  includes  82,700  shares of Class A Common  Stock held of
record by Trager Family Foundation,  Inc., a 501(c)(3)  corporation of which the
reporting  person is a director.  The reporting  person shares voting power over
the shares held by such  corporation  with Jean S. Trager,  Steven E. Trager and
Shelley Trager Lerner, the other directors of such corporation.







<PAGE>  4



         Item 1.  Security and Issuer.

                  The class of equity securities to which this statement relates
is the Class A Common Stock, no par value, of Republic Bancorp, Inc., a Kentucky
corporation (the "Issuer").

                  The Issuer's principal executive office is located at 601 West
Market Street, Louisville, Kentucky 40202.


         Item 2.  Identity and Background.

                  (a) The reporting person under this Form 13D is Bernard M.
Trager. 

                  (b) The business  address of the reporting  person is 601 West
Market Street, Louisville, Kentucky 40202.

                  (c) The reporting person's principal occupation is Chairman of
Republic  Bancorp,  Inc., a bank holding  company  headquartered  in Louisville,
Kentucky, 601 West Market Street, Louisville, Kentucky 40202.

                  (d) During the past five years,  the reporting  person has not
been convicted in a criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations or similar
misdemeanors).

                  (e) During the past five years,  the reporting  person has not
been a party to a civil  proceeding  of a  judicial  or  administrative  body of
competent jurisdiction and as a result of such proceeding was or is subject to a
judgment,  decree or final order enjoining future  violations of, or prohibiting
or mandating  activities subject to, federal or state securities laws or finding
any violation with respect to such laws.

                  (f) The reporting person is a citizen of the United States.


         Item 3.  Sources and Amount of Funds or Other Consideration.

                  On  January  29,  1999, in  Louisville,   Kentucky,  the  ESOP
purchased  200,000  shares of Class A Common  Stock of the  Issuer at a price of
$12.91 per share from the  reporting  person,  and purchased  100,000  shares of
Class A Common  Stock of the Issuer at a price of $12.91 per share from Banker's
Insurance  Agency,  Inc. The ESOP borrowed an aggregate of $3,873,000 to finance
such acquisitions from the Issuer, pursuant to a Loan Agreement, Note, and Stock
Pledge Agreement  included as exhibits hereto.  The reporting person is a member
of the Administrative Committee of the ESOP, and, as such, shares voting power


<PAGE>  5



over the 300,000 shares of unallocated Class A Common Stock held by the ESOP.


         Item 4.  Purpose of Transaction.

                  The ESOP acquired the securities of the Issuer for the benefit
of  participants  of the  ESOP,  and  to  allow  such  participants  to  acquire
securities  of the  Issuer  for  investment  purposes  upon  allocation  of such
securities pursuant to the terms of the ESOP. Depending on market conditions and
other  factors  that the  reporting  person  may  deem  relevant  to  investment
decisions, the reporting person may, individually,  in his capacity as a general
partner of Teebank or Jaytee, as a member of the Administrative Committee of the
ESOP, or as a member of the board of directors of the Trager Family  Foundation,
Inc.,  purchase  additional shares of Class A Common Stock in the open market or
in private  transactions.  Depending on these same factors, the reporting person
may sell all or a portion of the shares of the Class A Common  Stock that he now
owns or  hereafter  may  acquire,  individually,  in his  capacity  as a general
partner of Teebank or Jaytee, as a member of the Administrative Committee of the
ESOP, or as a member of the board of directors of the Trager Family  Foundation,
Inc., on the open market or in private transactions.  In addition, the reporting
person is a director and Chairman of the Issuer,  and, in those  capacities  has
the  ability to  influence  the  Issuer's  activities  and pursue  opportunities
available to the Issuer.


                  Except  as set forth in this Item 4, the reporting person does
not have any present plans or proposals  which relate to or would result in: (i)
the  acquisition  by any person of additional  securities of the Issuer,  or the
disposition  of  securities  of the  Issuer,  (ii)  an  extraordinary  corporate
transaction,  such as a merger,  reorganization  or  liquidation  involving  the
Issuer or any of its subsidiaries, (iii) a sale or transfer of a material amount
of assets of the  Issuer or of any of its  subsidiaries,  (iv) any change in the
present board of directors or  management of the Issuer,  including any plans or
proposals  to change the  number or term of  directors  or to fill any  existing
vacancies on the board, (v) any material change in the present capitalization or
dividend  policy of the Issuer,  (vi) any other material  change in the Issuer's
business or corporate structure,  (vii) changes in the Issuer's charter,  bylaws
or  instruments  corresponding  thereto  or other  actions  which may impede the
acquisition  of control of the Issuer by any person,  (viii)  causing a class of
securities of the Issuer to be delisted from a national  securities  exchange or
to cease to be authorized to be quoted in an inter-dealer  quotation system of a
registered national securities association, (ix) a class of equity securities of
the Issuer becoming eligible for termination of registration pursuant to Section
12(g)(4) of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, or (x) any action  similar to
any of those enumerated above.




<PAGE>  6



         Item 5.  Interest in Securities of the Issuer.

                  (a) The aggregate number of shares of the Class A Common Stock
that the reporting  person owns  beneficially,  pursuant to Rule 13d-3 under the
Act, is 8,936,572,  which constitutes  approximately 54.4% of the Class A Common
Stock deemed outstanding pursuant to Rule 13d-3 under the Act.<F1><F2>

                  (b)      Sole Voting Power. . . . . . . . 1,028,344 <F1>
                           Shared Voting Power. . . . . . . 7,908,228 <F1><F2>
                           Sole Dispositive Power . . . . . 1,028,344 <F1>
                           Shared Dispositive Power . . . . 7,908,228 <F1><F2>

                  The  reporting  person  shares the power to vote or direct the
disposition  of such  securities  with the following  persons whose  business or
residence  addresses and  principal  occupations  are as follows:  (a) Steven E.
Trager, 601 W. Market Street,  Louisville,  Kentucky 40202, President and CEO of
the Issuer and Chairman and CEO of Republic  Bank & Trust  Company (the "Bank"),
601 W. Market  Street,  Louisville,  Kentucky  40202;  (b) Scott Trager,  601 W.
Market  Street,  Louisville,  Kentucky  40202,  Vice  Chairman of the Issuer and
President of the Bank;  (c) Sheldon  Gilman,  as trustee,  462 S. Fourth Street,
Ste. 500, Louisville,  Kentucky 40202, Attorney,  Lynch Cox Gilman & Mahan, PSC,
462 S. Fourth Street,  Louisville,  Kentucky 40202;  (d) William Petter,  601 W.
Market Street,  Louisville,  Kentucky  40202,  Vice Chairman and Chief Operating
Officer of the Issuer and  Executive  Vice  President of the Bank;  (e) Larry M.
Hayes,  P. O.  Box  11666,  Lexington,  Kentucky  40577,  President  of  Midwest
Construction Company, Inc., P. O. Box 11666, Lexington, Kentucky 40577; (f) Jean
S. Trager,  the reporting  person's  spouse,  601 W. Market Street,  Louisville,
Kentucky 40202,  employed by Banker's  Insurance  Agency,  601 W. Market Street,
Louisville, Kentucky 40202; and (g) Shelley Trager Lerner, 601 W. Market Street,
Louisville,  Kentucky 40202, President, Banker's Insurance Agency, 601 W. Market
Street,  Louisville,  Kentucky 40202. All of such persons are U.S. citizens, and
none of such  persons  have  been  convicted  in or is a party  to a  proceeding
described in Items 2(d) or 2(e).

- ----------

        <F1>Includes 544,726 shares of Class B Common Stock of the Issuer (which
is  convertible  into Class A Common  Stock on a one share for one share  basis)
held by the reporting person.
        <F2>Includes  5,903,612 shares of Class A Common Stock held of record by
Teebank,  763,984  shares of Class B Common  Stock  held of  record by  Teebank,
620,784  shares of Class A Common  Stock held of record by Jaytee,  and  119,694
shares of Class B Common Stock held of record by Jaytee. The reporting person is
a general and a limited  partner and the  reporting  person's  wife is a limited
partner of Teebank and Jaytee. The reporting person shares voting and investment
power over the shares held of record by Teebank  and Jaytee  with Mr.  Steven E.
Trager,  Mr. Scott Trager and Mr.  Sheldon  Gilman,  as trustee.  Also  includes
117,454  shares of Class B Common  Stock held by Mrs.  Bernard M.  Trager.  Also
includes



<PAGE>  7



300,000  shares  of Class A Common  Stock  held by the  Republic  Bancorp,  Inc.
Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the "ESOP"),  of which the reporting  person is a
member of the Administrative Committee. The reporting person shares voting power
over the shares held of record by the ESOP with Mr. William Petter and Mr. Larry
M. Hayes.  Also includes 82,700 shares of Class A Common Stock held of record by
Trager Family Foundation,  Inc., a 501(c)(3)  corporation of which the reporting
person is a director.  The reporting  person shares voting power over the shares
held by such  corporation  with Jean S.  Trager,  Steven E.  Trager and  Shelley
Trager Lerner, the other directors of such corporation.


                  (c) Except pursuant to the ESOP transactions described in Item
3, and except for (i) a gift made in  Louisville,  Kentucky on December 14, 1998
of 6,247 shares of Class A Common Stock from the reporting  person to the Jewish
Community Federation;  (ii) a gift made in Louisville,  Kentucky on December 14,
1998 of 25 shares of Class A Common Stock from the reporting person to Walter T.
Cosby III;  (iii) a gift made in  Louisville,  Kentucky on December  23, 1998 of
82,700  shares of Class A Common Stock from the  reporting  person to the Trager
Family  Foundation,  Inc.;  and (iv) several  gifts by the  reporting  person in
December,  1998 of limited partnership units of Teebank and Jaytee,  which gifts
do not affect the reporting  person's  beneficial  ownership under Rule 13d-3 of
the securities of the Issuer held by such partnerships, the reporting person has
not effected any  transactions in shares of the Class A Common Stock in the past
60 days.

                  (d) The reporting  person shares voting and  investment  power
over shares of Class A Common  Stock and Class B Common  Stock held of record by
Teebank and Jaytee with Steven E.  Trager,  Scott Trager and Sheldon Gilman,  as
trustee  (each a beneficial  owner of more than five percent of the class),  and
such  individuals may have the power to direct the receipt of dividends from, or
the proceeds from the sale of, the issuer's securities. In  addition,  Steven E.
Trager,  Scott Trager and Sheldon Gilman as trustee,  among others,  are limited
partners  of  Teebank  and  Jaytee,  and  thereby  possess  the right to receive
dividends  from or the  proceeds  from  the sale of pro  rata  interests  in the
Issuer's securities upon distribution of assets from Teebank and Jaytee.

                  In  addition,  participants  in the ESOP may have the right to
receive or the power to direct the receipt of  dividends  from,  or the proceeds
from the sale of such securities.

                  (e)      Not Applicable.


         Item 6.  Contracts, Arrangements, Understandings or Relationships with
Respect to Securities of the Issuer.

                  The ESOP, the Loan Agreement,  Note and Stock Pledge Agreement
entered  into  between  the Issuer  and the ESOP,  and the  limited  partnership
agreements of Jaytee and Teebank  contain   certain  provisions  that may affect
transfer or voting of securities  of the Issuer.  The  description  set forth in
this Item 6 of such  agreements does not purport to be complete and is qualified
in its  entirety by reference  to such  agreements,  which are filed as Exhibits
99.1 - 99.6  to  this  Schedule  13D,  and  reference  is  hereby  made  to such
documents.  The  reporting  person  is not  otherwise  a party to any  contract,
arrangement,  understanding or relationship (legal or otherwise) with respect to
any securities of the issuer, including but not limited to transfer or voting of
any  of  the  securities,   finder's  fees,  joint  ventures,   loan  or  option
arrangements, puts or calls, guarantees of profits, division of profits or loss,
or the giving or withholding of proxies.



<PAGE>  8



         Item 7.  Material to be filed as Exhibits.

         Exhibit 99.1 Republic Bancorp, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership
Plan
         Exhibit 99.2 ESOP Loan Agreement
         Exhibit 99.3 ESOP Promissory Note
         Exhibit 99.4 Stock Pledge Agreement
         Exhibit 99.5 Limited Partnership Agreement of Jaytee Properties
Limited Partnership
         Exhibit 99.6 Limited Partnership Agreement of Teebank Family
Limited Partnership


<PAGE>  9


                        SIGNATURE

         After reasonable  inquiry and to the best of my knowledge and belief, I
certify that the information  set forth in this statement is true,  complete and
correct.



                                             /S/ Bernard M. Trager
                                            Bernard M. Trager


                                            Date:   February 8, 1999






<PAGE>  10



                                                              EXHIBIT 99.1



                             REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC.

                          EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

                                       AND

                                 TRUST AGREEMENT

























                                 January 1, 1999


<PAGE>  11



                             REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC.

                     PROFIT SHARING PLAN AND TRUST AGREEMENT

                                Table of Contents

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>          <C>                                                   <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>       <C>
                                                                                                  PAGE

SECTION 1. - Definitions.............................................................................1

SECTION 2. - Participation...........................................................................7

     2.01   Participation ...........................................................................7
     2.02   Bound  by Plan ..........................................................................8

SECTION 3. - Contributions and Accounts..............................................................8

     3.01     Accounts...............................................................................8
     3.02     Company Contributions..................................................................8

SECTION 4. - Accounts................................................................................8

     4.01     Adjustment of Accounts.................................................................8
     4.02     Allocation of Cash Contributions.......................................................9
     4.03     Allocation of Forfeitures and Company Stock Contributions.............................10
     4.04     Participating Companies...............................................................10

SECTION 5. - Eligibility for Benefits...............................................................12

     5.01     Retirement............................................................................12
     5.02     Disability............................................................................12
     5.03     Death.................................................................................13
     5.04     Termination of Employment Prior to Normal Retirement Age..............................13
     5.05     Vesting Schedule......................................................................13
     5.06     Restoration of Forfeited Accrued Benefit..............................................14
     5.07     Calculation of Years of Service.......................................................14
     5.08     Forfeiture............................................................................15
     5.09     Beneficiary...........................................................................15
     5.10     Uniformed Services Rights.............................................................16

SECTION 6. - Payment of Benefits....................................................................16

     6.01     Commencement of Benefits..............................................................16
     6.02     Distributions.........................................................................17
     6.03     Pre-Retirement Distribution Rights....................................................17


<PAGE>  12



     6.04     Minimum Distribution Requirements.....................................................18
     6.05     Eligible Rollover Distributions.......................................................20
     6.06     In-Service Withdrawals................................................................21

SECTION 7. - Claims Procedure.......................................................................21

     7.01     Claim for Benefit.....................................................................21
     7.02     Decision on Claim.....................................................................21
     7.03     Review Procedure......................................................................21
     7.04     Time Periods..........................................................................22

SECTION 8.  - Administration........................................................................22

     8.01     Administrative Committee..............................................................22
     8.02     Powers and Duties.....................................................................23
     8.03     Officers and Agents...................................................................23
     8.04     Reliance Upon Reports.................................................................23

SECTION 9. - Trust Fund and Trustee.................................................................24

     9.01     Trust Fund............................................................................24
     9.02     Management of Fund....................................................................25
     9.03     Distributions.........................................................................27
     9.04     Accounting by Trustee.................................................................27
     9.05     Expenses and Compensation.............................................................27
     9.06     Resignation or Removal of Trustee.....................................................28
     9.07     Notification to Trustee...............................................................28
     9.08     Indemnity of Trustee..................................................................29
     9.09     Procedure.............................................................................29
     9.10     Appointment of Trustee................................................................29
     9.11     Investment in Collective Trust Fund...................................................29
     9.12     Acquisition Loans.....................................................................29

SECTION 10. - Top Heavy Rules.......................................................................31

     10.01    Definitions...........................................................................31
     10.02    Determination of Top Heavy Status.....................................................32
     10.03    Minimum Employer Contribution.........................................................33
     10.04    Vesting Table.........................................................................33
     10.05    Amendment to Vesting Schedule.........................................................34
     10.06    Adjustment to Code Section 415 Limitations............................................34

SECTION 11. - Miscellaneous.........................................................................35

     11.01    Nondiversion..........................................................................35


<PAGE>  13



     11.02    Return of Company Contributions.......................................................35
     11.03    Nonassignability......................................................................36
     11.04    Certificates Concerning Board Action..................................................36
     11.05    Construction..........................................................................36
     11.06    Indemnity of Employees................................................................37
     11.07    Merger................................................................................37
     11.08    Internal Revenue Code.................................................................37
     11.09    Annual Additions......................................................................37
     11.10    Status of Participants................................................................41
     11.11    Incapacitated Recipient...............................................................41
     11.12    Discretionary Acts....................................................................41
     11.13    Notices to Administrator..............................................................41
     11.14    Unclaimed Account Procedure...........................................................41

SECTION 12. - Fiduciary Responsibilities............................................................42

     12.01    Named Fiduciaries.....................................................................42
     12.02    Powers and Responsibilities...........................................................42
     12.03    Allocation of Responsibilities........................................................43
     12.04    Employees.............................................................................43
     12.05    Funding Policy........................................................................43

SECTION 13. - Company Stock.........................................................................44

     13.01    Voting of Company Stock...............................................................44
     13.02    Dividends on Company Stock............................................................44
     13.03    Put Option............................................................................45
     13.04    Payment of Purchase Price.............................................................45

SECTION 14. - Amendment and Termination.............................................................46

     14.01    Amendment.............................................................................46
     14.02    Termination...........................................................................47


</TABLE>


<PAGE>  14



                             REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC.


                EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN AND TRUST AGREEMENT


                                 January 1, 1999


         This is (1) an employee stock ownership plan, which is also stock bonus
plan,  adopted  as of January 1,  1999;  and (2) a Trust  Agreement  dated as of
January 1, 1999 between (a)  Republic  Bancorp,  Inc. (b) Republic  Bank & Trust
Company, Trustee.


                                   SECTION 1.

                                   DEFINITIONS


1.01     "Account"  means  collectively  the  "Company  Stock  Account" and  the
         "Other Investments Account" of a Participant.

1.02     "Accrued   Benefit"   means,   with  respect  to  a  Participant,   the
         Nonforfeitable balance of his Account as of any date.

1.03     "Acquisition  Loan"  means a loan made to this  Plan by a  disqualified
         person (as defined in Code Section 4975(e)(2)),  or a loan to this Plan
         which a disqualified person guarantees, provided the loan satisfies the
         requirements of Treas. Reg. Section 54.4975-7(b).

1.04     "Active Participant" means as of an Anniversary Date, a Participant who
         (a) has completed a Year of Service within the Plan Year ending on that
         Anniversary  Date and is employed  by the  Company on that  Anniversary
         Date,  or (b) has ceased to be employed by the Company  during the Plan
         Year  ending on that  Anniversary  Date on account of death,  Total and
         Permanent  Disability or retirement after his Normal Retirement Age. An
         Employee on an FMLA Leave,  shall not be treated as having ceased to be
         employed by the Company.

1.05     "Administrator" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.01.

1.06     "Anniversary Date" means each December 31.

1.07     "Break in Service" means a Plan Year during which a Participant has not
         completed more than 500 Hours of Service.  A Break in Service shall not
         occur until the last day of the Plan Year.



<PAGE>  15



1.08     "Cashout"  means  a  lump sum  distribution  of the present  value of a
         Participant's Accrued Benefit.

1.09     "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1.10    "Company" means Republic Bancorp,  Inc., and its successors and assigns
         and any Employer or successor  that adopts the Plan and becomes a party
         to the Trust Agreement.

1.11     "Company  Stock" means  common  stock  issued  by  the Company  or  any
         Employer  which  constitutes  "employer  securities" under Code section
         409(l) and Treas. Reg. ss. 54.4975-12.

1.12    "Company  Stock  Account"  means a  separate  account  to be set up and
         maintained pursuant to Section 3.01 for each Participant which reflects
         his share of contributions to the Plan made in Company Stock, his share
         of released Financed Shares, his share of Company Stock Forfeitures and
         any Company Stock attributable to earnings or cash contributions.

1.13     "Compensation"  shall have the  meaning  set forth in  subsection  (a),
subject to subsection (b):

         (a)      Wages actually paid or made  available  during a Plan Year for
                  personal  services rendered in the course of employment by the
                  Company as defined in Section 3401 of the Code for purposes of
                  income  tax   withholding  at  the  source,   subject  to  the
                  following:   (1)  Compensation   shall  include  any  elective
                  deferral  (as  defined  in Code  section  402(g)(3)),  and any
                  amount which is  contributed or deferred by the Company at the
                  election of the Participant and which is not includible in the
                  gross income of the  Participant by reason of Code section 125
                  or 457;  (2)  Compensation  shall not include any amounts paid
                  before the Employee became a Participant, and (3) Compensation
                  shall be  determined  without  regard to any rules that limits
                  the  remuneration  included  in wages  based on the  nature or
                  location of the employment or the services  performed (such as
                  the   exception  for   agricultural   labor  in  Code  section
                  3401(a)(2)).

          (b)     The  Compensation of each  Participant  taken into account for
                  determining all benefits  provided under the Plan for any Plan
                  Year shall not exceed  $150,000,  as adjusted for increases in
                  the   cost-of-living   in   accordance   with   Code   section
                  401(a)(17)(B).  The cost-of-living  adjustment in effect for a
                  calendar year applies to any period,  not exceeding 12 months,
                  over which Compensation is determined  (determination  period)
                  beginning in such  calendar  year. If a  determination  period
                  consists  of fewer  than 12 months,  the  annual  compensation
                  limit is an amount equal to the  otherwise  applicable  annual
                  compensation limit multiplied by a fraction,  the numerator of
                  which is the  number  of  months  in the  short  determination
                  period,  and the denomina tor of which is 12. If  compensation
                  for any prior  determination  period is taken into  account in
                  determining a  Participant's  allocations for the current Plan
                  Year, the

                                        2

<PAGE>  16



                  Compensation for such prior determination period is subject to
                  the applicable  annual  compensation  limit in effect for that
                  prior determination period.

1.14     "Employee"  means,  subject  to  (a)  and  (b),  any   individual   who
         is  classified  by the Employer as an employee  for Federal  income tax
         purposes, excluding leased employees.

          (a)     If  it  determined   that  an  individual  who  has  not  been
                  classified  as an employee by the Employer  (for  example,  an
                  individual  classified  as an  independent  contractor  by the
                  Employer)  should  be  reclassified  as  an  employee  of  the
                  Employer,  such  reclassifica  tion shall be effective for all
                  purposes  under  the Plan  prospectively  from the date of the
                  final   determination,   even   though  the   reclassification
                  otherwise has an earlier  effective  date. The purpose of this
                  provision  is to exclude  from  participation  in the Plan all
                  individuals  who may  actually be common law  employees of the
                  Employer,  but who are not paid as though they were common law
                  employees,  regardless  of the reasons they are excluded  from
                  the  payroll  and  regardless  of whether  that  exclusion  is
                  correct.  Moreover, any individual who signs an agreement with
                  the Employer stating that they are not eligible to participate
                  in the Plan shall not be  eligible to  participate  during the
                  term  provided in the  agreement,  whether they are common law
                  employees or not.

          (b)     "Leased  employee" means any person (other than an employee of
                  the  recipient)  who  pursuant  to an  agreement  between  the
                  recipient and any other person  ("leasing  organization")  has
                  performed services for the recipient (or for the recipient and
                  related   persons   determined  in  accordance   with  Section
                  414(n)(6) of the Code) on a substantially  full time basis for
                  a period of at least one year, and such services are performed
                  under   primary   direction  or  control  of  the   recipient.
                  Contributions  or benefits  provided a leased  employee by the
                  leasing   organization  which  are  attributable  to  services
                  performed  for the  recipient  employer  shall be  treated  as
                  provided by the recipient  employer.  A leased  employee shall
                  not be  considered  an employee of the  recipient if: (i) such
                  employee  is  covered  by  a  money   purchase   pension  plan
                  providing:  (1) a nonintegrated  employer contribution rate of
                  at least 10 percent  of  compensation  (as  defined in Section
                  415(c)(3)  of the Code),  but  including  amounts  contributed
                  pursuant to a salary reduction  agreement which are excludable
                  from the employee's gross income under Section 125, 401(a)(8),
                  402(h) or 403(b) of the Code, (2) immediate participation, and
                  (3) full and immediate  vesting;  and (ii) leased employees do
                  not  constitute  more  than  20  percent  of  the  recipient's
                  nonhighly compensated work force.

1.15     "Employer" means (i) all corporations  that are members of a controlled
         group of corporations (as defined in Section 414(b) of the Code and any
         regulations  adopted thereunder) of which the Company is a member, (ii)
         all trades or businesses  (whether or not incorporated) which are under
         common  control  (as  defined  in  Section  414(c)  of the Code and any
         regulations  adopted  thereunder)  and which  include the Company,  and
         (iii) all employers that are

                                        3

<PAGE>  17



         members of an affiliated service group (as defined in Section 414(m) of
         the Code and any regulations  adopted  thereunder) of which the Company
         is a member or a similar  organization  described in Section  414(o) of
         the Code.

1.16     "Entry  Date" means  January 1, 1999 and July 1, 1999 and January 1 and
         July 1 of each year thereafter.

1.17     "ERISA"  means  the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
         amended.

1.18     "Financed  Shares" means  Company Stock  acquired by the Trust with the
         proceeds of an  Acquisition  Loan and which  satisfy the  definition of
         "qualifying employer securities" under Code Section 4975(e)(8).

1.19     "FMLA Leave" means any unpaid leave of absence that is protected  under
         the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993, as amended from time to time,
         and any regulations thereunder.

1.20     "Forfeiture"  means  the  amount  forfeited, if any, in accordance with
         Section 5.08.

1.21     "Forfeiture  Break  in  Service"  means  the  occurrence  of  both  (i)
         termination of employment  (even if rehired) and (ii) five  consecutive
         Breaks in Service (or one Break in Service for any Plan Year  beginning
         before January 1, 1985)

1.22     "Fund" means all assets held by the Trustee  under the Plan,  including
         all  property  delivered  from  time to time  to the  Trustee,  and all
         proceeds and reinvestments  thereof and all accumulations  thereon, but
         excluding  (i) all payments  which at the time of reference  shall have
         been made from the Fund by the Trustee, and (ii) all amounts which have
         been segregated into a separate fund. Each separate fund shall remain a
         part of the Trust.

1.23     "Highly  Compensated  Employee"  means  any  employee  who:  (1)  was a
         5-percent  owner  at any  time  during  the  determination  year or the
         look-back  year, or (2) for the look-back year, had  compensation  from
         the  Employer in excess of $80,000.  The $80,000  amount is adjusted at
         the same time and in the same manner as under  section  415(d),  except
         that the base period is the calendar quarter ending September 30, 1996.
         For the purpose of this subsection the applicable Plan Year of the Plan
         for which a determination is being made is called a determination  year
         and the preceding  12-month period is called a look-back year. A highly
         compensated  former  employee  is  based  on the  rules  applicable  to
         determining  highly  compensated  employee status as in effect for that
         determination year, in accordance with section 1.414(q)-1T,  A-4 of the
         temporary  Income Tax  Regulations  and Notice  97-75.  In  determining
         whether  an  Employee  is  a  Highly  Compensated  Employee  for  years
         beginning in 1997,  the  amendments to section  414(q) stated above are
         treated as having been in effect for years beginning in 1996.



                                        4

<PAGE>  18



1.24     "Hour of Service" means each hour determined as follows:

          (a)     Each  hour for  which an  Employee  is paid,  or  entitled  to
                  payment, for the performance of duties for the Employer. These
                  hours will be  credited to the  Employee  for the Plan Year in
                  which the duties are performed.

          (b)     Each  hour for  which an  employee  is paid,  or  entitled  to
                  payment, by the Employer on account of a period of time during
                  which no duties are  performed  (irrespective  of whether  the
                  employment  relationship  has  terminated)  due  to  vacation,
                  holiday, illness,  incapacity (including disability),  layoff,
                  jury duty, military duty or leave of absence. No more than 501
                  Hours of Service shall be credited  under this  subsection (b)
                  for any single  continuous  period (whether or not such period
                  occurs in a single  Plan Year).  Hours  under this  subsection
                  shall  be   calculated   and  credited   pursuant  to  section
                  2530.200b-2  of the Department of Labor  Regulations  which is
                  incorporated herein by this reference.

          (c)     Each hour for which back pay,  irrespective  of  mitigation of
                  damages, is either awarded or agreed to by the Employer. These
                  hours shall be credited to the  Employee  for the Plan Year or
                  Plan  Years to which the award or  agreement  pertains  rather
                  than the Plan Year in which the award, agreement or payment is
                  made.

          (d)     No Hour of  Service  shall be  credited  under  more  than one
                  subsection  of  this  section.   The  Employer   shall  credit
                  Employees  with Hours of Service on the basis of the  "actual"
                  method,  which is the  determination  of Hours of Service from
                  records of hours worked and hours for which the Employer makes
                  payment or for which  payment is due from the  Employer.  When
                  records are not available, an Employee shall be deemed to work
                  45 hours  for each  calendar  week in which  the  Employee  is
                  credited with at least one Hour of Service.

          (e)     Solely for purposes of determining  whether a Break in Service
                  for  participation  and  vesting  purposes  has  occurred in a
                  computation  period, an individual who is absent from work due
                  to a  statutory  leave shall  receive  credit for the Hours of
                  Service  which  would  otherwise  have been  credited  to such
                  individual,  or in any  case in which  such  hours  cannot  be
                  determined,  8 Hours of Service per day of such  absence.  For
                  purposes  of this  subsection,  an absence  from work due to a
                  statutory  leave  means  an  absence  (i)  by  reason  of  the
                  pregnancy  of the  individual,  (ii) by reason of a birth of a
                  child of the individual, (iii) by reason of the placement of a
                  child with the  individual in connection  with the adoption of
                  such child by such individual, (iv) for purposes of caring for
                  such child for a period beginning  immediately  following such
                  birth or placement, or (v) that is an FMLA Leave. The Hours of
                  Service  credited  under  this  subsection  shall be  credited
                  either  (A) in the  computation  period in which  the  absence
                  begins if the  crediting  is  necessary  to prevent a one-year
                  Break in Service in that period, or (B) in all other cases, in
                  the following computation period.

                                        5

<PAGE>  19




          (f)     Hours  of  Service  shall  be  credited  for  any   individual
                  considered  an Employee  for  purposes of this Plan under Code
                  Sections 414(n) and 414(o).

1.25     "Investment Committee" means the committee described in Section 
         9.01(b).

1.26     "Notforfeitable"  means a Participant's or Beneficiary's right, legally
         enforceable  against the Plan, to the  Participant's  Account,  subject
         only to Section 5.08.

1.27     "Non-Highly  Compensated  Employee"  means  any  Employee  who is not a
         Highly Compensated Employee or a Family Member.

1.28     "Normal Retirement Age" means the date a Participant attains age 65.

1.29     "Other  Investments  Account" means a separate account to be set up and
         maintained pursuant to Section 3.01 for each Participant which reflects
         his interest in the Plan attributable to that portion of the Fund other
         than Company Stock.

1.30     "Participant"  means any Employee or former  Employee who has qualified
         for  participation  in the Plan and whose Accrued  Benefit has not been
         distributed.

1.31     "Plan" means the plan, including the trust, embodied in this instrument
         as amended from time to time.

1.32     "Plan  Year"  means  a  12  consecutive   month  period  ending  on  an
         Anniversary Date.

1.33     "Total and Permanent  Disability"  means total disability  arising from
         occupational or  non-occupational  medically  determinable  physical or
         mental  impairment  which  prevents a Participant  from engaging in any
          substantial  gainful  activity and which is  determined  by the Claims
          Examiner or the  Administrator  (subject to Section 7) to be permanent
          and continuous for the remainder of the Participant's  life. Total and
          Permanent  Disability  for  purposes of the Plan shall not include any
          disability arising before a Participant's original date of employ ment
          for the Employer.  The Administrator may make rules and regulations of
          uniform  application  concerning  a  minimal  level of  earnings  in a
          restricted  activity  which shall not  disqualify a  Participant  from
          being  considered  to have incurred  Total and  Permanent  Disability.
          Total and Permanent  Disability shall be determined solely and finally
          by the Claims Examiner or the Administrator in accordance with Section
          7 after  consideration  of such evidence as the Claims Examiner or the
          Administrator  may  require,  including  reports of such  physician or
          physicians as the Claims Examiner or the  Administrator may designate.
          The  provisions of this Section  shall be uniformly  and  consistently
          applied to all Participants.

1.34     "Trust" means  the  trust  created hereunder, which may be known as the
         "Republic Bancorp, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Trust."


                                        6

<PAGE>  20



1.35     "Trustee" means Republic Bank & Trust Company and any successor trustee
         or trustees.

1.36     "Valuation  Date"  means each  Anniversary  Date and any other date the
         Administrator determines shall be a Valuation Date.

1.37     "Year of  Service"  means a Plan  Year  during  which an  Employee  has
         completed at least 1,000 Hours of Service.



                                   SECTION 2.

                                  PARTICIPATION


2.01     PARTICIPATION.

          (a)     Any  Employee  who is  not  already  a  Participant,  who  has
                  completed  1,000  Hours  of  Service  within  that  Employee's
                  initial   Employment  Year,  shall   automatically   become  a
                  Participant  on the Entry Date (if  employed by the Company on
                  that date)  coinciding  with or next following the end of that
                  Employee's   initial  Employment  Year.  After  an  Employee's
                  initial  Employment  Year,  (1)  the  eligibility  computation
                  period for that Employee shall be the Plan Year which includes
                  the first  anniversary  of the Employee's  initial  Employment
                  Year, and where additional eligibility computation periods are
                  necessary, succeeding Plan Years , and (2) that Employee shall
                  automatically   become  a   Participant   on  the  Entry  Date
                  coinciding  with or next following (if employed by the Company
                  on that  date)  the end of the Plan  Year  during  which  that
                  employee  completes  1,000 Hours of  Service.  As used in this
                  Section 2.01(a),  the following terms shall have the following
                  meanings:  (i)  "Employment  Date" means the date on which the
                  Employee  is first  credited  with an Hour of Service  for the
                  Employer;  and  (ii)  "Employment  Year"  means a  computation
                  period that  consists  of a twelve  consecutive  month  period
                  beginning  on  an   Employment   Date.   For  the  purpose  of
                  determining   Hours  of  Service   under  this  Section  2.01,
                  references  in Section 1.24 to the "Plan Year" shall be deemed
                  references to the appropriate  twelve month period  determined
                  under this Section 2.01.

         (b)      If a Participant ceases to be employed by the Company and then
                  resumes  employment  by  the  Company,  he   shall  upon  such
                  reemployment,  resume  participation.  If an Employee  who has
                  satisfied the service  requirements of subsection (a) above is
                  separated from service on the applicable Entry Date, and if he
                  returns to service  after that Entry Date,  he shall  commence
                  participation immediately upon his return. Any

                                        7

<PAGE>  21



                  other Employee who separates from service and who subsequently
                  returns  shall  become  a  Participant   in  accordance   with
                  subsection (a) above.

2.02     BOUND BY PLAN.  Upon becoming a  Participant,  a  Participant  shall be
         bound  then and  thereafter  by the terms of this Plan,  including  all
         amendments to the Plan. No Participant shall have any rights to revoke,
         modify  or  discontinue  his  participation  during  the  term  of  his
         employment or upon any reemployment.


                                   SECTION 3.

                           CONTRIBUTIONS AND ACCOUNTS


3.01     ACCOUNTS. The Administrator shall maintain or cause to be maintained in
         the name of each  Participant a separate  Company Stock Account and any
         Other  Investments  Account.  However,  a separate  Account need not be
         maintained  if no Plan  assets  would  be  allocable  to that  Account.
         Amounts shall be credited or debited to the Accounts as provided in the
         Plan. Although the Accounts will be maintained separately,  the amounts
         in the  Accounts  may be  commingled  in the Fund and  invested  by the
         Trustee as a single  investment  fund. If a portion of a  Participant's
         Account has been forfeited,  but the Account has not been  distributed,
         then the  undistributed  Accrued  Benefit  shall be held in a  separate
         Account which shall be  Nonforfeitable  at all times, and an additional
         Account shall be maintained for that Participant, subject to Section 5,
         with  respect to any  additional  contributions  or  Forfeitures  to be
         allocated for the benefit of that Participant.

3.02     COMPANY  CONTRIBUTIONS.  The Company will contribute in cash or Company
         Stock to the Fund from time to time such  amounts,  or nothing,  as the
         Company may determine from time to time.


                                   SECTION 4.

                                    ACCOUNTS


4.01     ADJUSTMENT  OF  ACCOUNTS.  As of  each Valuation Date the Administrator
         shall

         (a)      First charge to the  appropriate  Account of each  Participant
                  all distributions and payments made to him, or on his Account,
                  since  the last  preceding  Valuation  Date that have not been
                  charged previously;


                                        8

<PAGE>  22



         (b)      Next, credit to each  Participant's  Company Stock Account the
                  shares of Company Stock, if any, that have been purchased with
                  amounts  from his  Other  Investments  Account  since the last
                  preceding   Valuation   Date,  and  adjust  such  accounts  in
                  accordance with Sections 4.02 and 4.03; and

         (c)      Next   allocate  and  credit  to  each   Participant's   Other
                  Investments Account the Company contributions made in cash and
                  cash  Forfeitures  that are  allocated and credited as of that
                  date in  accordance  with  Sections 4.02 and 4.03 and allocate
                  and credit to each  Participant's  Company  Stock  Account the
                  shares of Company Stock and Company Stock Forfeitures that are
                  to be  allocated  and  credited as of that date in  accordance
                  with Section 4.03.

         (d)      Finally,   the   Administrator   shall   make  any   remaining
                  allocations  and  adjustments  described in Sections  4.02 and
                  4.03.

         (e)       Any  securities  received  by the Trustee as a stock split or
                   dividend  or  as  a  result  of  a  reorganization  or  other
                   recapitalization  of the Company shall be allocated as of the
                   next  Valuation Date in the same manner as the stock to which
                   it is  attributable  is  then  allocated.  In the  event  any
                   rights,  warrants,  or options are issued on common shares or
                   other securities of the Company held in the Trust, they shall
                   be exercised for the  acquisition of additional  Common Stock
                   or other securities of the Company to the extent cash is then
                   available.  Any  Common  Stock  or  other  securities  of the
                   Company  acquired in this  manner  shall be treated as Common
                   Stock  or  other  securities  of the  Company  bought  by the
                   Trustee for the net price  paid.  Any  rights,  warrants,  or
                   options on Common  Stock or other  securities  of the Company
                   which cannot be exercised for lack of cash may be sold by the
                   Trustee and the proceeds  treated as a current cash  dividend
                   received on Common Stock or other securities of the Company.

4.02     ALLOCATION  OF  CASH   CONTRIBUTIONS.   For  each  Plan  Year,  Company
         contributions  (other than  contributions  used to repay an Acquisition
         Loan in that Plan Year)  that are made in cash for that year,  and cash
         Forfeitures  arising  under  the  Plan  during  a Plan  Year  shall  be
         allocated, as of each Anniversary Date for that Plan Year, to the Other
         Investments  Account of each Active  Participant  in the same manner as
         Company Stock  contributed  would be allocated under Section 4.03. Upon
         the purchase of Company Stock or the repayment of an  Acquisition  Loan
         with such cash, an appropriate  number of shares of Company Stock shall
         be credited to the Company  Stock Account of such  Participant  and the
         Participant's  Other Investments Account shall be charged by the amount
         of the cash  used to buy  such  Company  Stock or repay an  Acquisition
         Loan, as applicable.  Subject to Section 13.02,  the Trustee shall also
         credit to the Other  Investments  Account of each  Participant any cash
         dividends  paid to the Trustee on shares of Company  Stock held in that
         Participant's  Company Stock  Account as of the record date.  Such cash
         dividends credited to a Participant's  Other Investments  Account shall
         be applied at the direction of the Administrator to purchase shares

                                        9

<PAGE>  23



         of  Company  Stock  or  to  the  repayment  of  an  Acquisition   Loan.
         Thereafter,  an appropriate  number of shares of Company Stock shall be
         credited  to the  Company  Stock  Account of such  Participant  and the
         Participant's  Other  Investments  Account shall then be charged by the
         amount of cash used to  purchase  such  Company  Stock for his  Company
         Stock Account or to repay an  Acquisition  Loan, as  applicable.  As of
         each   Valuation   Date,   before  the   allocation   of  any   Company
         contributions,  as of such date,  any net  appreciation,  depreciation,
         income,  gains or losses  in the fair  market  value of the Trust  Fund
         (exclusive of Company  Stock) shall be allocated  among and credited to
         the Other Investments Accounts of Participants,  pro rata, according to
         the balance of each Other Investments  Account as of the next preceding
         Valuation  Date,  reduced  in each case by the  amount of any charge to
         such Other Investments Account since the next preceding Valuation Date.

4.03     ALLOCATION OF FORFEITURES AND COMPANY STOCK  CONTRIBUTIONS.  As of each
         Anniversary Date there shall be determined the sum of (1) all shares of
         Company  Stock  contributed  by the Company  under  Section 3.02 to the
         Trustee for the Plan Year then ended, (2) the number of Financed Shares
         released  from the Suspense  Account for  allocation  to  Participants'
         Company Stock  Accounts  under  Section 9.12 (except as provided  under
         Section 13.02) and (3) Company Stock  Forfeitures  arising for the Plan
         Year then ended.  That sum shall then be  allocated  on a  non-monetary
         basis among the Company  Stock  Accounts of the persons who were Active
         Participants  on the  Anniversary  Date as of which the  allocation  is
         made.  In the  allocation  there shall be allocated to each such Active
         Participant's Company Stock Account that proportion of the total sum to
         be allocated that each such Active Participant's  Compensation received
         during the Plan Year then ended is of all Compensation  received by all
         such Active Participants during the Plan Year then ended.

4.04     PARTICIPATING COMPANIES.

         (a)      Any Employer that, with the  Administrator's  consent,  adopts
                  this Plan and becomes a party to the Trust  Agreement shall be
                  a  "Participating  Company." Each Participat ing Company shall
                  be  subject  to the  terms and  conditions  of this Plan as in
                  effect at the effective date of adoption by the  Participating
                  Company and as  subsequently  amended from time to time by the
                  Sponsoring Company,  subject to such modifica tions as are set
                  forth in the document  evidencing the Participating  Company's
                  adoption on the Plan. As used in this Section  4.04,  the term
                  "Sponsoring  Company" means Republic Bancorp,  Inc. Unless the
                  context of the Plan  clearly  indicates to the  contrary,  the
                  terms "Company" and "Employer" mean each Participating Company
                  as relates to its adoption of the Plan.

         (b)      This Plan shall be deemed to be a single plan of all Employers
                  that have adopted this Plan. Employer  contributions shall not
                  be  accounted  for  separately,  and all Plan assets  shall be
                  available  to pay  benefits  to  all  Participants  and  their
                  Beneficiaries.    Employees   may   be    transferred    among
                  Participating  Companies  or  employed  simultaneously by more
                  than  one  Participating  Company,  and  no  such  transfer or
                  simulta-

                                       10

<PAGE>  24



                  neous employment shall effect a termination of employment,  be
                  deemed retirement or be the cause of a Forfeiture or a loss of
                  Years of Service under this Plan.  For purposes of determining
                  Years of Service  and the  payment of  benefits  upon death or
                  other termination of employment,  all Participating  Companies
                  shall be deemed one Employer.  Any  Participant  employed by a
                  Participating  Company  during a Plan  Year who  receives  any
                  Compensation  from a  Participating  Company  during that Plan
                  Year shall receive allocations for the Plan Year in accordance
                  with Sections 4.02 and 4.03 based on his  Compensation  during
                  that Plan Year (such  Participant  shall receive an allocation
                  under  Sections  4.02  and  4.03  only  if  he  is  an  Active
                  Participant).

         (c)      Each Participating  Company shall be deemed to have designated
                  irrevocably  the Sponsoring  Company as its sole agent (1) for
                  all purposes  under Section 8 (including  fixing the number of
                  members   of,  and  the   appointment   and  removal  of,  the
                  Administrative  Committee);  (2) for  purposes  of fixing  the
                  number of members of, and the  appointment and removal of, the
                  Investment  Committee;  (3) with respect to all its  relations
                  with the Trustee  (including  the  Trustee's  appointment  and
                  removal,  and fixing the number of Trustees);  and (4) for the
                  purpose of amending this Plan. A copy of each amendment  shall
                  be delivered to each Participating  Company. The Administrator
                  shall  make any and all rules and  regulations  which it shall
                  deem  necessary or  appropriate  to effectuate  the purpose of
                  this Section  4.04,  and such rules and  regulations  shall be
                  binding  upon  the  Sponsoring   Company,   the  Participating
                  Companies, the Participants and Beneficiaries.

         (d)      Any  Participating  Company may withdraw its  participation in
                  the Plan by giving written notice to the Administrator stating
                  that it has adopted a separate plan. The notice shall be given
                  at least six  months  prior to a  designated  Valuation  Date,
                  unless  the  Administrator  shall  accept a shorter  period of
                  notification. Promptly after the designated Valuation Date the
                  Administrator,  based on values  fixed by the  Trustee,  shall
                  establish the withdrawing  Participating Company's interest in
                  the  Fund,  after a  reduction  for  fees and  other  expenses
                  related to the Participating Company's withdrawal. The Trustee
                  shall   then,   in   accordance   with   the   Administrator's
                  instructions, transfer the withdrawing Participating Company's
                  interest in the Fund to the trustee or other  funding agent of
                  the Participating Company's separate plan. Neither the Trustee
                  nor the Administrator shall be obligated to transfer or direct
                  the  transfer  of assets  under  this  Section  until they are
                  satisfied  as to  all  matters  pertaining  to  the  transfer,
                  including,  but not limited to, the tax  qualification  of the
                  plan into which the transfer will be made.  The  Administrator
                  and the  Trustee  may rely  fully on the  representations  and
                  instructions  of the  withdrawing  Participating  Company  and
                  shall be fully  protected and  discharged  with respect to any
                  transfer  made in  accordance  with  such  representations  or
                  instructions.  Any transfer of assets in accordance  with this
                  Section   shall    constitute   a   complete    discharge   of
                  responsibility  of  the  Sponsoring  Company,   the  remaining
                  Participating   Companies,   their  Boards  of  Directors  and
                  officers,  and the Trustee without any responsibility on their
                  part collectively or 

                                       11

<PAGE>  25



                  individually   to   see  to  the   application   thereof   The
                  Administrator  in its sole discretion  shall have the right to
                  transfer the withdrawing  Participating  Company's interest in
                  the Fund to the new plan in the form of installments, in cash,
                  or in cash and kind  and over a period  of time not to  exceed
                  one  year  following  the  designated  Valuation  Date  of the
                  Participating  Company's  withdrawal.  Any  assets  which  are
                  invested  in  accordance   with  an  investment   contract  or
                  agreement which by its terms  precludes the  realization  upon
                  and  distribution  of such assets for a stated  period of time
                  shall  continue to be held by the Trustee  under the terms and
                  conditions  of this Plan until the  expiration of such period,
                  subject to the Administrator's instructions.

         (e)      The Board of Directors of a  Participating  Company may at any
                  time  terminate  this Plan with  respect to its  Employees  by
                  adopting  a  resolution  to  that  effect  and   delivering  a
                  certified copy to the Administrator. Section 14.02 shall apply
                  to a Participating Company's termination, but the continuation
                  of the Plan by the Sponsoring Company and other  Participating
                  Companies  shall not be affected.  The termination of the Plan
                  with respect to a Participating  Company's Employees shall not
                  effect  a  termination  with  respect  to an  Employee  of the
                  Sponsoring  Company or another  Participating  Company if such
                  Employee  was not  employed by the  terminating  Participating
                  Company on the effective date of the termination,  even though
                  he may have been  employed  by the  terminating  Participating
                  Company  at an  earlier  date.  Any  fees and  other  expenses
                  related  to a  Participating  Company's  termination  shall be
                  charged  against the  Accounts of the  affected  Participants.
                  Upon termination of the Plan by any Participating Company, the
                  Administrator may in its sole discretion direct the Trustee to
                  segregate  the  Accounts of all affected  Participants  into a
                  separate  fund,  and  the   Administrator   may  in  its  sole
                  discretion direct the Trustee to invest the separate fund only
                  in Cash Equivalent Investments.  If the Administrator does not
                  direct  the  investment  of the  separate  fund,  it  shall be
                  invested by the Trustee in the Trustee's sole discretion.


                                   SECTION 5.

                            ELIGIBILITY FOR BENEFITS


5.01     RETIREMENT.  Upon  termination  of a  Participant's  employment  by the
         Employer  for any reason on or after his  Normal  Retirement  Age,  the
         Administrator  shall  direct  the  Trustee  to  begin  payment  of  the
         Participant's  Accrued  Benefit to him in  accordance  with  Section 6,
         within a reasonable  time after the Valuation Date  coinciding  with or
         next following the Participant's termination of employment.

5.02     DISABILITY.  If a Participant ceases  to be  employed  by  the Employer
         because of Total and Permanent Disability,  the Administrator     shall
         direct the Trustee to begin payment of the

                                       12

<PAGE>  26


         Participant's  Accrued  Benefit to him in  accordance  with  Section 6,
         within a reasonable  time after the Valuation Date  coinciding  with or
         next following the date determination of Total and Permanent Disability
         is made.

5.03     DEATH.  If a Participant  dies before he receives his Accrued  Benefit,
         the  Administrator  shall  direct the Trustee to pay the  Participant's
         Accrued  Benefit to his  Beneficiary  in accordance  with Section 6.02,
         subject to Sections 6.03 and 6.04.

5.04     TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT PRIOR TO NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE. The following
         provisions  shall  apply,  subject  to  Section  6, with  respect  to a
         Participant  who ceases to be employed by the  Employer  for any reason
         other than death,  Total and  Permanent  Disability or retirement on or
         after his Normal Retirement Age:

         (a)      PAYMENT.  Subject to subsection (b) below,  the  Administrator
                  shall  direct  the  Trustee to pay the  Participant's  Accrued
                  Benefit  to him  within a  reasonable  time  after the  second
                  Anniversary Date following the Anniversary Date that coincides
                  with or next follows the date of the Participant's termination
                  of employment.

         (b)      CONSENT.  Any  distribution  to a Participant  under this Plan
                  shall be subject to this  subsection  (b).  The  Administrator
                  shall  obtain  the   Participant's   written  consent  to  any
                  distribution  to a  Participant,  including  the  form  of the
                  distribution,  if (1) the present  value of the  Participant's
                  Accrued   Benefit  exceeds  (or  at  the  time  of  any  prior
                  distribution   exceeded)  $5,000  and  (2)  the  Administrator
                  directs   the  Trustee  to  make  the   distribution   to  the
                  Participant  prior  to  his  attaining  the  later  of  Normal
                  Retirement Age or age 62. If a Participant who is eligible for
                  a distribution does not file his written consent (if required)
                  with the Administrator  within the period of time fixed by the
                  Administrator,  the  Participant's  Accrued  Benefit  shall be
                  distributed  within a  reasonable  time after the close of the
                  Plan Year in which such consent is received, but no later than
                  a  reasonable  time  after the close of the Plan Year in which
                  the  Participant  has  terminated  employment and attained his
                  Normal Retirement Age (or in which he dies, if earlier).

        (c)       DISTRIBUTION  PRIOR TO  FORFEITURE  BREAK IN  SERVICE.  If the
                  Participant's   Accrued   Benefit   attributable   to  Company
                  contributions is zero, the Participant shall be deemed to have
                  received a Cashout on the Anniversary Date of the Plan Year in
                  which the Participant terminated employment.

5.05     VESTING  SCHEDULE.   A  Participant's   Account  derived  from  Company
         contributions  shall be 100 percent  Nonforfeitable  upon and after his
         attaining  Normal  Retirement  Age (if  employed by the  Employer on or
         after that date), or if his employment  terminates as a result of death
         or  Total  and  Permanent  Disability.  If a  Participant's  employment
         terminates prior to his Normal Retirement Age for any reason other than
         death or Total and Permanent Disability,

                                       13

<PAGE>  27



         then  the  Nonforfeitable  percentage  of  his  Account  (the  "Accrued
         Benefit")  derived from Company  contributions  shall be  calculated as
         follows:

                  YEARS OF SERVICE          NONFORFEITABLE PERCENTAGE
                  Fewer than 5                                  0
                  5 or more                                   100

5.06     RESTORATION OF FORFEITED ACCRUED BENEFIT.

         (a)      If the Employer rehires a Participant who had a Nonforfeitable
                  Accrued  Benefit of zero at  termination  of  employment,  the
                  Administrator  shall  restore  his  Account to the same dollar
                  amount as the dollar  amount of such Account on the  Valuation
                  Date  coinciding  with  or  next  preceding  the  date  of the
                  Cashout,   unadjusted  for  any  gains  or  losses   occurring
                  subsequent  to  that  Valuation  Date.   Notwithstanding   the
                  preceding  sentence,  the  Administrator  shall not  restore a
                  reemployed Participant's Account if the Participant incurred a
                  Forfeiture  Break in Service  before or as of the  Anniversary
                  Date coinciding with or next following the Participant's  date
                  of rehire.

         (b)      If the  Participant  has not incurred a Break in Service,  the
                  Administrator  shall restore the  Participant's  Account as of
                  the  Anniversary  Date  coinciding  with or next following the
                  Participant's  date of rehire.  To restore  the  Participant's
                  Company Contribution Account, the Administrator, to the extent
                  necessary,  shall  allocate  to the  Account:  (1) First,  the
                  amount,  if any, of Participant  Forfeitures the Administrator
                  would   otherwise   allocate;   (2)   Second,   the   Employer
                  contribution  for the Plan  Year to the  extent  made  under a
                  discretionary formula. To the extent the amounts available for
                  restoration  for a particular  Plan Year are  insufficient  to
                  enable the Administrator to make the required restoration, the
                  Company shall contribute, without regard to any limitations in
                  this Plan,  such  additional  amount as is necessary to enable
                  the  Administrator to make the required  restoration.  Even if
                  amounts  are  available  for  restoration,   the  Company  may
                  contribute  such  amount  as it  may in  its  sole  discretion
                  determine  to  enable  the  Administrator  to make  all or any
                  portion of the required restoration. If, for a particular Plan
                  Year, the Administrator  must restore the Account of more than
                  one reemployed Participant,  then the Administrator shall make
                  the restoration  allocation to each such Participant's Account
                  in the same proportion  that a  Participant's  restored amount
                  for the Plan Year  bears to the  restored  amount for the Plan
                  Year of all reemployed  participants.  The Administrator shall
                  not take into account the allocation(s)  under this Section in
                  applying the limitation on allocations under Section 11.09.

5.07      CALCULATION OF YEARS OF SERVICE.  Subject to the following  rules, all
          of an  Employee's  Years of  Service  shall  be  counted  for  vesting
          purposes:


                                       14

<PAGE>  28



          (a)     Any Year of  Service  completed  after a  Forfeiture  Break in
                  Service  shall not  count for the  purpose  of  determining  a
                  Participant's Nonforfeitable percentage of his Account derived
                  from Employer  contributions made for his benefit prior to the
                  Forfeiture Break in Service.

          (b)     Any Year of Service  completed before a Break in Service shall
                  not be counted if the number of consecutive  Breaks in Service
                  equals  or  exceeds  the  greater  of (i)  five  or  (ii)  the
                  aggregate  number  of Years of  Service  prior to the Break in
                  Service.  For Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1985, the
                  Administrator  shall  apply  the next  preceding  sentence  by
                  disregarding the requirement for a minimum of five consecutive
                  Breaks in  Service.  This  subsection  shall only apply if the
                  Participant's  right  to  his  Account  derived  from  Company
                  contributions  is one hundred percent  forfeitable at the time
                  he has a Break in Service.  The  aggregate  number of Years of
                  Service  before a Break in Service shall not include any Years
                  of Service not  required to be taken into  account  under this
                  subsection by reason of any prior Break in Service.

5.08      FORFEITURE. A Participant's Forfeiture, if any, of his Account derived
          from Company contributions shall occur under the Plan:

          (a)     As of the  Anniversary  Date of the  Plan  Year in  which  the
                  Participant first incurs a Forfeiture Break in Service; or, if
                  earlier and if applicable,

          (b)     As of the date on which the Participant  receives a Cashout of
                  his Accrued  Benefit.  The  Administrator  shall determine the
                  percentage of a Participant's  Forfeiture,  if any, under this
                  Section solely by reference to the vesting schedule of Section
                  5.05.  A  Participant  shall not  forfeit  any  portion of his
                  Account  for any  other  reason or cause  except as  expressly
                  provided by this Section or as provided under Section 11.02 or
                  Section 11.14. Any Company Stock acquired with the proceeds of
                  an  Acquisition  Loan may be forfeited only after other assets
                  comprising the Participant's Account have been forfeited.

5.09      BENEFICIARY. A designation of a Beneficiary shall be effective only if
          it is set forth in a written instrument delivered to the Administrator
          in such form as the Administrator may prescribe.  In the absence of an
          effective designation, the Beneficiary shall be

          (a)     The Participant's  spouse, if known and living; or if there is
                  no known surviving  spouse or the spouse disclaims the Accrued
                  Benefit, then

          (b)     The Participant's estate.

         A married Participant's Beneficiary designation shall not be valid even
         if executed prior to marriage, unless the Participant's spouse consents
         to the specific Beneficiary designation or

                                       15

<PAGE>  29



         gives a general  consent,  and acknowledges the effect of such consent,
         or unless the Participant is not married on the date of his death.  The
         spouse's  consent  must  be in  writing  and a  notary  public  or  the
         Administrator  (or his  representative)  must  witness the  consent.  A
         married Participant's  Beneficiary designation does not require spousal
         consent if the  Participant's  spouse is the  Participant's  designated
         Beneficiary.  If the Participant establishes to the satisfaction of the
         Administrator  that such  written  consent  cannot be obtained  because
         there is no  spouse or  because  the  spouse  cannot  be  located,  the
         Participant's   designation  of  a  non-spouse   Beneficiary  shall  be
         acceptable.  The consent must be in such form as the  Administrator may
         prescribe.  Upon the  filing  with the  Administrator  of an  effective
         designation of  Beneficiary,  any and all prior  designations  filed by
         that Participant shall be deemed revoked.

5.10     UNIFORMED SERVICES RIGHTS.  Notwithstanding  any provision of this Plan
         to the  contrary,  contributions,  benefits  and  service  credit  with
         respect to qualified  military  service will be provided in  accordance
         with Code  section  414(u).  At any time when this Plan allows loans to
         Participants,  loan  repayments  will be  suspended  under this Plan as
         permitted under Code section 414(u)(4).


                                     SECTION 6.

                               PAYMENT OF BENEFITS


6.01     COMMENCEMENT OF BENEFITS.

         (a)      Subject to Section 6.01(b), payment of benefits under the Plan
                  shall in no event  begin later than 60 days after the close of
                  the Plan Year in which  the  latest  of the  following  events
                  occurs:  (1) The date the  Participant  attains age 65 (or his
                  Normal Retirement Age, if earlier);  (2) The tenth anniversary
                  of the year in which the Participant  commenced  participation
                  in the Plan; or (3) The  Participant's  date of termination of
                  service with the Employer.

          (b)     In no event shall any  distribution  under this Plan  commence
                  later than the Required Beginning Date. The Required Beginning
                  Date  of a  Participant  is the  later  of the  April 1 of the
                  calendar  year  following  the  calendar  year  in  which  the
                  Participant attains age 70 1/2 or retires, except that benefit
                  distributions  to a 5-percent owner must commence by the April
                  1 of the calendar  year  following  the calendar year in which
                  the  Participant  attains age 70 1/2. A Participant is treated
                  as a  5-percent  owner for  purposes  of this  Section is such
                  Participant  is a 5 percent owner as defined in section 416 of
                  the  Code at any time  during  the Plan  Year  ending  with or
                  within the  calendar  year in which such owner  attains age 70
                  1/2. Once  distributions have begun to a 5-percent owner under
                  this Section,  they must continue to be  distributed,  even if
                  the Participant ceases to be a 5-percent owner in a subsequent
                  year.


                                       16

<PAGE>  30



6.02     DISTRIBUTIONS.

         (a)      The  Accrued  Benefit  payable  to a former  Participant  or a
                  Beneficiary  shall  be  distributed  in  accordance  with  the
                  following rules:

                  (1)      All  distributions  of benefits under the Plan shall 
                           be by lump sum payment.

                  (2)      The   Trustee   shall,   at  the   Participant's   or
                           Beneficiary's election, distribute the  Participant's
                           Company  Stock  Account  either  in  whole  shares of
                           Company  Stock or  in cash.  The Trustee shall at the
                           Participant's or  Beneficiary's election either apply
                           the  Participant's   Other  Investments   Account  to
                           provide   whole   shares   of   Company   Stock   for
                           distribution  or distribute  cash  in an amount equal
                           to the value of the Other  Investments  Account.  Any
                           fractional share shall be distributed in cash.

         (b)      Notwithstanding  Section  6.02,  the  Trustee,  if directed in
                  writing by the  Administra  tor,  shall pay, in cash, any cash
                  dividends   on  Company   Stock   allocated  or  allocable  to
                  Participants' Company Stock Accounts,  irrespective of whether
                  a Participant  is fully vested in his Company  Stock  Account.
                  The Administrator's  direction shall state whether the Trustee
                  is to pay the cash dividends  currently,  or within the 90 day
                  period  following  the  close  of the Plan  Year in which  the
                  Employer  pays the dividends to the Trust.  The  Administrator
                  may request the  Employer to pay  dividends  on Company  Stock
                  directly to Participants.

         (c)      Upon the Participant's  death, the Administrator  shall direct
                  the  Trustee  to pay  the  Participant's  Accrued  Benefit  in
                  accordance  with  subsection  (a)  and  this  subsection.  The
                  Administrator   shall   direct   the   Trustee   to  pay   the
                  Participant's Accrued Benefit to the Beneficiary in a lump sum
                  within a reasonable  time after the Valuation Date  coinciding
                  with  or  next  following  the   Participant's   death.  If  a
                  Beneficiary  is living at the  Participant's  death,  but such
                  Beneficiary dies before receiving the entire amount payable to
                  him, the  remaining  portion of the benefit shall be paid in a
                  single sum to the estate of such deceased Beneficiary.

6.03     PRE-RETIREMENT DISTRIBUTION RIGHTS.

         (a)      Subject  to  subsections  (b) and  (d)  below  each  Qualified
                  Participant may elect to direct the  Administrator to transfer
                  any  portion  of  the   Participant's   Transferable   Shares,
                  determined  as of the  Anniversary  Date  next  preceding  the
                  election,  to another qualified  defined  contribution plan of
                  the  Company,  provided  that such  plan then  offers at least
                  three   distinct   investment   options  and   satisfies   the
                  requirements  of Code Section  401(a)(28)(B).  The Participant
                  must elect, in written notice to the Administrator,  to direct
                  such a  transfer  within 90 days  after the end of each of the
                  six

                                       17

<PAGE>  31



                  Plan  Years  during the  Qualified  Election  Period,  and the
                  transfer  shall  be  made  within  90  days  after  each  such
                  election.

         (b)      If the fair market value of the Company  Stock  allocated to a
                  Qualified  Participant's Company Stock Account is $500 or less
                  as of any  Anniversary  Date  during  the  Qualified  Election
                  Period,  then the Qualified  Participant shall not be entitled
                  to make an  investment  election  under this Section 6.03 with
                  respect to the Plan Year ending on that Anniversary Date.

         (c)      For purposes of this Section 6.03,  the following  terms shall
                  have the following meanings:

                  (1)      "Transferable  Shares"  means the number of shares of
                           Common  Stock   transferable  to  another   qualified
                           defined contribution plan of the Company with respect
                           to the Qualified  Election  Period.  The Transferable
                           Shares of a Qualified  Participant  are determined by
                           multiplying  the  number of shares of  Company  Stock
                           credited to the  Participant's  Company Stock Account
                           (including the Company Stock  previously  transferred
                           pursuant  to this  Section)  by 25 percent  or,  with
                           respect  to the  last  Plan  Year  in  the  Qualified
                           Election Period, by 50 percent,  reduced by any prior
                           transfers   or   distributions   received   by   such
                           Participant pursuant to this Section 6.03.

                  (2)      "Qualified  Election  Period"  means the 6 Plan Years
                           beginning  with the Plan Year in which a  Participant
                           first becomes a Qualified Participant.

                  (3)      "Qualified  Participant"  means a Participant who has
                           attained  age 55 and who has  completed  at  least 10
                           years  of  participation  in the  Plan.  A  "year  of
                           participation"   means  a  Plan  Year  in  which  the
                           Participant was eligible for an allocation of Company
                           contributions,  irrespective  of whether  the Company
                           actually contributed to the Plan for that year.

6.04     MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS.

         (a)      The Administrator may not direct the Trustee to distribute the
                  Participant's  Accrued Benefit,  nor may the Participant elect
                  to have the Trustee  distribute his Accrued  Benefit,  under a
                  method of payment which, as of the Required Beginning Date,(as
                  determined  under  Section  6.01) does not satisfy the minimum
                  distribution requirements under Code Section 401(a)(9) and the
                  applicable Treasury regulations.  The minimum distribution for
                  a calendar year equals the Participant's Accrued Benefit as of
                  the latest  Valuation  Date  preceding  the  beginning  of the
                  calendar year divided by the Participant's life expectancy or,
                  if applicable,  the joint and last survivor  expectancy of the
                  Participant  and his  designated  Beneficiary  (as  determined
                  under  Section  5.09,  subject to the Code  Section  401(a)(9)
                  regulations). The Administrator

                                       18

<PAGE>  32



                  shall  increase  the   Participant's   Accrued   Benefit,   as
                  determined on the relevant  Valuation Date, for  contributions
                  or  Forfeitures  allocated  after  the  Valuation  Date and by
                  December 31 of the valuation calendar year, and shall decrease
                  the valuation by  distributions  made after the Valuation Date
                  and  by  December  31 of  the  valuation  calendar  year.  For
                  purposes of this valuation,  the Administrator shall treat any
                  portion of the minimum distribution for the first distribution
                  calendar  year  made  after  the  close  of  that  year  as  a
                  distribution  occurring  in that first  distribution  calendar
                  year. In computing a minimum  distribution,  the Administrator
                  shall use the unisex life  expectancy  multiples  under Treas.
                  Reg.  Section  1.72-9.  The  Administrator  Shall,  unless the
                  Participant  requests no redetermination,  compute the minimum
                  distribu  tion for a  calendar  year  subsequent  to the first
                  calendar   year  for  which  the  Plan   requires   a  minimum
                  distribution by redetermining  the applicable life expectancy.
                  However,  the Administrator may not redetermine the joint life
                  and  last  survivor   expectancy  of  the  Participant  and  a
                  nonspouse designated  Beneficiary in a manner which takes into
                  account any  adjustment  to a life  expectancy  other than the
                  Participant's life expectancy.

         (b)      If the Participant's spouse is not his designated Beneficiary,
                  a method of payment to the Participant (whether by Participant
                  election or by  Administrator  direction) may not provide more
                  than  incidental  benefits to the  Beneficiary.  The Plan must
                  satisfy the minimum  distribution  incidental benefit ("MDIB")
                  requirement  in the  Treasury  regulations  issued  under Code
                  Section  401(a)(9)  for  distributions  made on or  after  the
                  Participant's   Required   Beginning   Date  and   before  the
                  Participant's  death.  To satisfy  the MDIB  requirement,  the
                  Administrator shall compute the minimum distribution  required
                  by this  Section  6.03 by  substituting  the  applicable  MDIB
                  divisor for the applicable life expectancy factor, if the MDIB
                  divisor is a lesser number. Following the Participant's death,
                  the  Administrator  shall  compute  the  minimum  distribution
                  required  by this  Section  6.04  solely  on the  basis of the
                  applicable life expectancy factor and shall disregard the MDIB
                  factor. For Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 1989, the
                  Plan  satisfies the  incidental  benefits  requirement  if the
                  distributions   to  the   Participant   satisfied   the   MDIB
                  requirement or if the present value of the retirement benefits
                  payable  solely to the  Participant is greater than 50% of the
                  present value of the total benefits payable to the Participant
                  and  his  Beneficiaries.  The  Administrator  shall  determine
                  whether  benefits to the  Beneficiary are incidental as of the
                  date the  Trustee is to  commence  payment  of the  retirement
                  benefits  to the  Participant,  or as of any date the  Trustee
                  redetermines the payment period to the Participant.

         (c)      The minimum  distribution for the first distribution  calendar
                  year is due by the Participant's  Required Beginning Date. The
                  minimum distribution for each subsequent distribution calendar
                  year,  including the calendar year in which the  Participant's
                  Required  Beginning Date falls,  is due by December 31 of that
                  year.


                                       19

<PAGE>  33



         (d)      The method of  distribution to the  Participant's  Beneficiary
                  must  satisfy  Code  Section   401(a)(9)  and  the  applicable
                  Treasury regulations.  If the Participant's death occurs after
                  his  Required  Beginning  Date,  the  method of payment to the
                  Beneficiary  shall  provide for  completion  of payment over a
                  period  which  does not exceed the  payment  period  which had
                  commenced  for the  Participant.  If the  Participant's  death
                  occurs prior to his  Required  Beginning  Date,  the method of
                  payment to the  Beneficiary  shall  provide for  completion of
                  payment to the Beneficiary over a period not exceeding 5 years
                  after the date of the Participant's death.

6.05     ELIGIBLE ROLLOVER DISTRIBUTIONS.

         Notwithstanding  any  provision of the Plan to the contrary  that would
         otherwise  limit  a  distributee's   election  under  this  Section,  a
         distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner  prescribed by the
         Plan  Administrator,  to  have  any  portion  of an  eligible  rollover
         distribution paid directly to an eligible  retirement plan specified by
         the distributee in a direct rollover.

        (a)       Eligible   rollover   distribution:   An   eligible   rollover
                  distribution is any  distribution of all or any portion of the
                  balance  to the  credit  of the  distributee,  except  that an
                  eligible   rollover   distribution   does  not  include:   any
                  distribution  that is one of a series of  substantially  equal
                  periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for
                  the life (or life  expectancy) of the distributee or the joint
                  lives (or joint life  expectancies) of the distributee and the
                  distributee's  designated  beneficiary,  or  for  a  specified
                  period of ten years or more;  any  distribution  to the extent
                  such  distribution is required under section  401(a)(9) of the
                  Code;  and  the  portion  of  any  distribution  that  is  not
                  includable in gross income  (determined  without regard to the
                  exclusion  for net  unrealized  appreciation  with  respect to
                  employer securities).

         (b)      Eligible  retirement  plan: An eligible  retirement plan is an
                  individual  retirement  account described in section 408(a) of
                  the  Code,  an  individual  retirement  annuity  described  in
                  section  408(b) of the Code,  an  annuity  plan  described  in
                  section 403(a) of the Code, or a qualified  trust described in
                  section  401(a) of the Code,  that  accepts the  distributee's
                  eligible  rollover  distribution.  However,  in the case of an
                  eligible  rollover  distribution to the surviving  spouse,  an
                  eligible  retirement plan is an individual  retirement account
                  or individual retirement annuity.

         (c)      Distributee:  A  distributee  includes  an  Employee or former
                  Employee.  In addition,  the  Employee's or former  Employee's
                  surviving  spouse  and the  Employee's  or  former  Employee's
                  spouse or former  spouse who is the  alternate  payee  under a
                  qualified  domestic  relations  order,  as  defined in section
                  414(p)  of the  Code,  are  distributees  with  regard  to the
                  interest of the spouse or former spouse.

         (d)      Direct rollover: A direct rollover is a payment by the Plan to
                  the eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee.

                                       20

<PAGE>  34




6.06     IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS. Any Participant who has attained age 59 1/2 and
         who has at  least  five  Years of  Service  may,  upon 30 days  advance
         written notice to the  Administrator,  withdraw all or a portion of his
         Accrued  Benefit at its value as of the Valuation Date  coinciding with
         or next following delivery of the notice.






                                   SECTION 7.

                                CLAIMS PROCEDURE


7.01     CLAIM FOR BENEFIT. Every Participant or Beneficiary who may be entitled
         to payment of a benefit  under this Plan and who has not  already  been
         advised by the  Administrator  of his right to receive such benefit may
         submit a written claim to the Administrator on such a form provided for
         that purpose.

7.02     DECISION ON CLAIM. One member of the Administrator  shall be designated
         by the Administra tor as "Claims Examiner" to consider all claims.  The
         Claims  Examiner  may require from a  Participant  or  Beneficiary  who
         submits a claim (a  "Claimant")  such other  information  as the Claims
         Examiner  deems  pertinent  to the  determination  and  payment of Plan
         benefits.  If a claim  is  denied,  in whole  or in  part,  the  Claims
         Examiner  shall  notify the  Claimant  in writing  of the  denial.  The
         written notice shall contain,  in a manner  calculated to be understood
         by the Claimant:

         (a)      The specific reason or reasons for the denial;

         (b)      Specific reference to the provisions of the Plan on which  the
                  denial is based;

         (c)      A  description  of  any  additional  material  or  information
                  necessary  for  the  Claimant  to  perfect  the  claim  and an
                  explanation  of why such material or information is necessary;
                  and

         (d)      An explanation of how the denial may be appealed.

7.03     REVIEW  PROCEDURE.  A Claimant  may appeal a decision  of the  Claimant
         Examiner to the Administrator. The request for a review must be made in
         writing and must be delivered to the Administrator.  In connection with
         such an appeal a  Claimant  may review  pertinent  Plan  documents  and
         submit  issues  and  comments  in  writing  to the  Administrator.  The
         Administrator  shall  review  all  relevant  material,  may in its sole
         discretion hold a hearing, and

                                       21

<PAGE>  35



         shall  render a  decision  regarding  the  claim.  The  Administrator's
         decision  shall be in  writing;  shall state  specific  reasons for its
         decision,  and shall include specific  references to the pertinent Plan
         provisions on which the decision is based.

7.04     TIME PERIODS.  The Administrator may establish  reasonable time periods
         within which actions must be taken under the claims procedure set forth
         in this  Section 7. The claims  procedure  set forth in this  Section 7
         (including any time periods that are established) shall be administered
         in accordance  with  applicable  regulations  adopted and issued by the
         Department of Labor.


                                   SECTION 8.

                                 ADMINISTRATION


8.01     ADMINISTRATIVE  COMMITTEE.  The Company may appoint a committee,  which
         shall be  known  as the  "Administrative  Committee"  to carry  out the
         Administrator's responsibilities under this Plan document, and the term
         "Administrator"   as  used  in  this  Plan  means  the   Administrative
         Committee. If the Company does not appoint an Administrative Committee,
         the Company shall be the  Administrator  for all  purposes.  Unless the
         Administrative  Committee and the Company agree otherwise,  the Company
         shall act as the plan  administrator  for the purpose of satisfying any
         requirement now or subsequently imposed by Federal or state legislation
         to report or disclose to any Federal or state  department or agency any
         information  concerning the Plan,  and any cost or expense  incurred in
         satisfying such reporting or disclosure  requirements shall be deemed a
         reasonable  expense of administering  the Plan and may be paid from the
         Fund.  The  Administrative  Committee  shall  consist  of the number of
         persons as may be fixed by the Company from time to time. These persons
         may but need not be  Participants.  The  members of the  Administrative
         Committee  may be removed by the  Company at any time,  with or without
         cause.  Any member of the  Administrative  Committee  may resign at any
         time by  delivering  a  written  resignation  to the  President  or the
         Secretary  of  the  Company.  Any  vacancy  in  the  membership  of the
         Administrative  Committee,  however  arising,  shall be  filled  by the
         Company.  The  Administrative  Committee  may act only by the unanimous
         vote of its members at a meeting or by a writing  signed by each of its
         members without a meeting.  The Administrative  Committee may authorize
         one or more of its  members  to  execute  on its  behalf  any  notices,
         directions, certificates, consents or other documents. The Trustee, and
         any  other  person  or  organization,   upon  written  notice  of  such
         authorization,  shall  accept  and rely upon such  authorization  until
         given a written  notice  that the  authorization  has been  revoked  or
         changed by the Administrative Committee. A member of the Administrative
         Committee  who is also a  Participant  shall  not  vote or act upon any
         matter  affecting  solely  any of his  benefits  under  the  Plan.  The
         Administrative  Committee  may adopt and amend  from time to time rules
         and regulations for the conduct of its affairs.

                                       22

<PAGE>  36



         The  members  of  the  Administrative  Committee  shall  serve  without
         compensation for their services as such members.

8.02     POWERS AND DUTIES.  Subject to Section 9.01(b), the Administrator shall
         have  complete  control  of the  administration  of the Plan,  with all
         powers  necessary to enable it properly to carry out its duties in this
         respect.   Without  limiting  the  generality  of  the  foregoing,  the
         Administrator shall have discretionary power to

         (a)      Conclusively  and finally  determine,  but only in  accordance
                  with the Plan, the  eligibility of Employees to participate in
                  the Plan and the eligibility of Participants and Beneficiaries
                  to receive benefits under the Plan;

         (b)      Adopt   and   amend   from  time  to  time policies, rules and
                  regulations for the administration of the Plan;

         (c)      Interpret and construe the Plan and Trust  Agreement,  and the
                  Administrator's  interpretation  and  construction  thereof in
                  good faith shall be conclusive, except that its interpretation
                  and construction  shall not be conclusive as to the Trustee if
                  its  interpretation  and construction  places upon the Trustee
                  liabilities  and duties more  onerous than those that would be
                  placed  upon  the  Trustee   under  the   interpretation   and
                  construction contended for by the Trustee;

         (d)      Correct  any defect or supply any  omission or  reconcile  any
                  inconsistency in the Plan in such manner and to such extent as
                  the Administrator  shall in its sole discretion deem desirable
                  to carry the same into effect; and

         (e)      Establish the acceptable forms of beneficiary  designation for
                  death benefits and of any consent,  election, notice or waiver
                  to be given by a Participant, spouse or Beneficiary.

         (f)      Direct the Trustee with respect to the voting of Company Stock
                  as provided in Section 13.01.

8.03     OFFICERS  AND AGENTS.  The  Administrator  may appoint  such  officers,
         consultants,  accountants, attorneys and representatives as it may deem
         advisable.  Unless paid by the Company,  the Administrator shall direct
         the Trustee to pay from the Fund  (including  segregated  Accounts) the
         fees and  expenses  of such  consultants,  accountants,  attorneys  and
         representatives and any other expenses incurred by the Administrator in
         the administration of the Plan.

8.04     RELIANCE UPON REPORTS.  The  Administrator and its officers,  directors
         and   members,  if  any,  shall  be  entitled  to  rely  upon  (a)  all
         valuations,  certificates  and  reports  made   by  any  consultant  or
         accountant  selected by the  Administrator,  (b)  all opinions given by
         any legal
                                       23

<PAGE>  37



         counsel selected by the Administrator, (c) all reports furnished by the
         Trustee, and (d) all information furnished by any Employer.

                                   SECTION 9.

                             TRUST FUND AND TRUSTEE


9.01     TRUST FUND.

         (a)      The Fund shall,  subject to this  Section 9.01 and to Sections
                  9.12 and 13.01, be held, administered, controlled and invested
                  by the Trustee, and the Trustee, upon written direction by the
                  Investment  Committee,  shall  invest and  reinvest  up to 100
                  percent  of the Fund  primarily  (or  exclusively)  in Company
                  Stock. However, at such time as Company Stock is not available
                  for  purchase,  or in the  absence  of  instructions  from the
                  Investment Committee,  the Fund may be invested by the Trustee
                  in  accordance  with Section  9.02.  The Trustee shall have no
                  responsibility whatsoever either for the control,  management,
                  administration  or  amendment  of the Plan or for the  Company
                  contributions,  except to receive, hold, invest,  reinvest and
                  distribute  the  same,  together  with  earnings  thereon,  in
                  accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

         (b)      The Company may appoint a  committee,  which shall be known as
                  the  "Investment  Committee" for purposes of  instructing  the
                  Trustee   regarding   the   purchase  of  Company   Stock  and
                  Acquisition  Loans. The Investment  Committee shall consist of
                  the number of persons as may be fixed by the Company from time
                  to time. These persons may but need not be  Participants.  The
                  members  of the  Investment  Committee  may be  removed by the
                  Company at any time, with or without cause.  Any member of the
                  Investment  Committee  may resign at any time by  delivering a
                  written  resignation  to the President or the Secretary of the
                  Company.  Any  vacancy  in the  membership  of the  Investment
                  Committee,  however  arising,  shall be filled by the Company.
                  The Investment Committee may act only by the unanimous vote of
                  its members at a meeting or by a writing signed by each of its
                  members  without  a  meeting.  The  Investment  Committee  may
                  authorize  one or more of its members to execute on its behalf
                  any  notices,  directions,  certificates,  consents  or  other
                  documents.  The Trustee, and any other person or organization,
                  upon written  notice of such  authorization,  shall accept and
                  rely upon such authorization until given a written notice that
                  the   authorization   has  been  revoked  or  changed  by  the
                  Investment Committee. A member of the Investment Committee who
                  is also a  Participant  shall not vote or act upon any  matter
                  affecting  solely  any of his  benefits  under the  Plan.  The
                  Investment  Committee  may adopt  and amend  from time to time
                  rules and  regulations  for the  conduct of its  affairs.  The
                  members of the Investment Committee

                                       24

<PAGE>  38



                  shall  serve  without  compensation  from the  Plan for  their
                  services as such members.  The Investment Committee shall have
                  the power to direct the  Trustee  concerning  the  purchasing,
                  holding and  selling of Company  Stock as set forth in Section
                  9.02(l) and concerning  entering into Acquisition Loans as set
                  forth in Section 9.12.

9.02     MANAGEMENT OF FUND.  Subject to Sections  9.02(l) and 9.12, the Trustee
         shall have the power to do all things and execute such  instruments  as
         it may deem necessary or proper, including the following powers, all of
         which may be exercised without order of, or report to, any court:

         (a)      INVESTMENTS.  To  invest  and  reinvest  the Fund in any other
                  property of any nature  whatsoever,  whether  real or personal
                  and wheresoever located (but any real estate shall be situated
                  in  the  United  States),   and  including  any  mutual  fund,
                  debentures, commercial paper, limited partnerships,  insurance
                  contracts,  group or individual  annuity  contracts and bonds,
                  but in thus  investing  and  reinvesting  the Fund the Trustee
                  shall use the degree of  judgment  and care that a prudent man
                  would  use if he were the owner of the  trust  assets.  If the
                  Trustee is a bank,  it may invest in any common or  collective
                  trust fund of the bank, and its affiliates,  and it may invest
                  in deposits of the bank, and its affiliates.

         (b)      SALE. To sell  publicly or  privately,  for cash or on credit,
                  without any order of court,  upon such terms and conditions as
                  to the Trustee shall seem best,  any property  included in the
                  Fund including stock options;  to make all proper  deliveries,
                  assignments  and  conveyances  incident to such sales,  and no
                  purchaser from the Trustee shall be responsible for the proper
                  application  of  any   consideration   which  the  Trustee  is
                  authorized to receive, and no right or title acquired from the
                  Trustee for such  consideration  shall be invalid because of a
                  misapplication by the Trustee.

         (c)      VOTING.  Subject to  Section  13.01,  to vote  shares of stock
                  included in the Fund in person or by special or general proxy,
                  with or without power of substitution, as to the Trustee shall
                  seem  best;  but the  Trustee  shall  be  liable  for any loss
                  resulting  from a failure to use  reasonable  care in deciding
                  how to vote the stock and in voting it.

         (d)      REORGANIZATION,  ETC. If (1) any  corporation  whose stocks or
                  securities  constitute a part of the Fund shall be reorganized
                  or recapitalized or consolidated with or merged into any other
                  corporation,  or (2) opportunity shall be afforded to exchange
                  any  of  said  stocks  or  securities   for  other  stocks  or
                  securities  issued or to be issued by any such  corporation or
                  by any other corporation,  or (3) subscription rights shall be
                  issued upon any of said stocks or securities, then the Trustee
                  shall have full power and  authority,  in its  discretion,  in
                  such manner and upon such terms and  conditions as it may deem
                  advisable  to exchange any such stocks or  securities  so held
                  for the stocks or other  securities  of any such  reorganized,
                  recapitalized,  consolidated  or  merged  corporation,  or for
                  other stocks or  securities of such  corporation  or any other
                  corporation, or to exercise such subscription rights.

                                       25

<PAGE>  39




         (e)      BORROWING.  Subject to Section  9.12,  to borrow  money at any
                  time and from time to time for the  benefit  of this trust and
                  to  secure  the loan or loans by a pledge or  mortgage  of the
                  assets of this trust and from time to time to renew such loans
                  and give additional security.

         (f)      NOMINEES.  To hold any and all  securities  in bearer form, in
                  its own name, or in the name of a duly appointed nominee, with
                  or without indication of trusteeship; but the Trustee shall be
                  liable  for the  wrongful  act of any such  nominee  or of the
                  Trustee with respect to any property, the title to which is so
                  held.

         (g)      ATTORNEYS AND AGENTS.  To employ such  attorneys,  accountants
                  and other agents as the Trustee may deem  necessary and to pay
                  their reasonable compensation and expenses from the Fund.

         (h)      OPTIONS. To write and sell call options under which the holder
                  of the option has the right to  purchase  shares of stock held
                  by the Trustee under the Trust. In addition, the Trustee shall
                  have the power to purchase  call  options for the  purchase of
                  shares of stock  covered by such options in  transactions  the
                  effect  of which  is to  reduce  or  eliminate  the  Trustee's
                  obligations  with  respect  to  a  stock  option  contract  or
                  contracts it has previously written and sold.

         (i)      APPOINTMENT  OF  INVESTMENT   MANAGER.   The  Company  or  the
                  Administrator  may  appoint an  investment  manager to manage,
                  acquire or  dispose  of any or all  assets of the Trust  other
                  than Company Stock. Any investment  manager appointed pursuant
                  to this  paragraph  shall  acknowledge in writing that it is a
                  fiduciary with respect to the Plan and shall be (a) registered
                  as an investment adviser under the Investment  Advisers Act of
                  1940,  (b) a bank, as defined in that Act, or (c) an insurance
                  company  qualified to manage,  acquire or dispose of any asset
                  of a plan under the laws of more than one State.  Neither  the
                  Trustee  nor  the  Company  nor  the   Administrator  nor  the
                  Investment Committee shall be liable for the acts or omissions
                  of  any  investment   manager   appointed   pursuant  to  this
                  paragraph,  nor shall the  Trustee,  the  Administra  tor, the
                  Investment  Committee  or Company be under any  obligation  to
                  invest or  otherwise  manage  any  asset of the Plan  which is
                  subject to the  management  of such  investment  manager.  The
                  Company or the  Administrator  and the investment  manager and
                  the Investment Committee may execute an agreement  delineating
                  the duties, responsibilities and liabilities of the investment
                  manager  with  respect to any part of the Fund  subject to the
                  management of that  investment  manager,  and that  investment
                  manager shall have all the powers granted to the Trustee under
                  the Trust with respect to such assets.

         (j)      ASSET TRANSFERS.  An amount equal to all or any portion of the
                  value of any Participant's  Account may in the Administrator's
                  discretion be transferred to any

                                       26

<PAGE>  40



                  other  qualified  plan  maintained  by  any corporation, firm,
                  business organization or employer.

         (k)      COMMON,  COLLECTIVE OR GROUP TRUST FUND. To invest all, or any
                  part,  of  the  assets  of  the  Fund  in any  (1)  common  or
                  collective  trust fund  maintained  under Code Section 584, or
                  (2) group trust maintained under Revenue Ruling 81-100, 1981-1
                  C.B.  326,  exclusively  for the  investment  of assets of tax
                  exempt  pension and profit  sharing  plans,  the provisions of
                  which upon such investment shall  automatically be adopted and
                  made a part of  this  Trust  Agreement  for  the  period  such
                  investment is made in such group trust.

         (l)      PURCHASE OF COMPANY STOCK. The Trustee is authorized to use up
                  to 100 percent of the Fund, in accordance  with the Investment
                  Committee's  instructions,  to acquire and hold Company Stock.
                  The Trustee is  authorized  to sell,  in  accordance  with the
                  Investment Committee's instructions, all or any portion of the
                  Company   Stock  held  by  it.  The   Investment   Committee's
                  instructions  to the  Trustee  shall  include  the  terms  and
                  conditions of any purchase or sale.

9.03     DISTRIBUTIONS.  Upon  written  direction  (which  may  be a  continuing
         direction) from the  Administrator as to the name of any person to whom
         money is to be paid and the  amount  thereof,  the  Trustee  shall draw
         checks in the name of the person  designated by the  Administrator  and
         deliver such checks in such manner and in such amounts and at such time
         as the  Administrator  shall  timely  direct.  The  Trustee  shall make
         distributions  under the Plan in cash or Company  Stock as  directed by
         the  Administrator.  If the Trustee shall deem it necessary to withhold
         any  distribution  pending  compliance  with  any  legal  requirements,
         including  the  probate  of a  will,  the  appointment  of  a  personal
         representative, the payment of, or provision for, estate or inheritance
         taxes,  or for death duties or otherwise,  the Trustee shall notify the
         Administrator  and shall thereafter take no action pending the delivery
         of (a) the Administrator's  instructions to distribute  notwithstanding
         such   requirements   and  (b)  the  Company's   agreement  in  a  form
         satisfactory  to the  Trustee  which  protects  the  Trustee  from  any
         liability arising out of noncompliance with such requirements.

9.04     ACCOUNTING  BY  TRUSTEE.  Within  60 days  after the close of each Plan
         Year, the Trustee shall file with the Company and the  Administrator  a
         written   report   setting   forth  all   investments,   receipts   and
         disbursements  and  other  transactions  during  such Plan  Year.  Each
         Valuation date the trustee shall determine the fair market value of the
         Trust assets and the net  earnings and gains or losses.  If the Company
         Stock is or becomes not readily  tradable on an established  securities
         market, any determination of fair market value required under this Plan
         shall be by an independent  appraiser who meets requirements similar to
         those prescribed by Treasury regulations under Code Section 170(a)(1).

9.05     EXPENSES AND COMPENSATION. No person performing any duties for the Plan
         who already receives full-tie pay from the Employer or from an employee
         organization whose members

                                       27

<PAGE>  41



         are participants in the Plan shall receive  compensation from the Plan,
         except  reimbursement  of expenses  properly and actually  incurred.  A
         Trustee that does not receive  full-time  pay from the Employer or from
         any  organization  whose members are  participants in the Plan shall be
         entitled to receive from the Plan  reimbursement  of expenses  properly
         and actually incurred and such reasonable compensation as may be agreed
         on from time to tie with the Administrator. Unless paid by the Company,
         all  reasonable   expenses  of  the  Trust   (including  the  Trustee's
         compensation)  and any taxes that may be levied or assessed against the
         Trustee  (including  any taxes that may be levied or assessed  upon the
         Fund or income of the Fund) on account of the Trust  shall be paid from
         the Fund (including segregated accounts).  The Company may from time to
         time pay on behalf of the Trust such expenses and  compensation  as the
         Company may in its discretion determine.

9.06     RESIGNATION  OR REMOVAL OF TRUSTEE.  Any Trustee may resign at any time
         by instrument  in writing  delivered to the Company and, in such event,
         the Company will, within thirty days after receipt of such resignation,
         appoint a successor  trustee by instrument in writing  delivered to any
         Trustee and to such successor trustee. The Company also at any time may
         remove a Trustee upon 30 days' prior written  notice to the Trustee and
         appoint a  successor  trustee  or  trustees  by  instrument  in writing
         delivered  to the  Trustee  and to such  successor  trustee.  In either
         event,  on the  appointment  of  such  successor  and  delivery  of the
         successor's  written  acceptance of the  appointment to the Company and
         the retiring Trustee,  the retiring Trustee shall promptly turn over to
         such  successor  all Fund  assets  held by the Trustee and shall make a
         final accounting to the Company and the  Administrator;  provided,  any
         assets which are invested in accordance with an investment  contract or
         agreement  which  by its  terms  precludes  the  realization  upon  and
         distribution  of such assets for a stated period of time shall continue
         to be held by the  Trustee  under  the  terms  and  conditions  of this
         Agreement  until the expiration of such period.  The successor  trustee
         shall have no responsibility  except to receive such money and property
         from  the  retiring  Trustee  and  to  hold  and  administer  the  same
         thereafter  in  accordance   with  this  Agreement  and  shall  not  be
         responsible for any act or omission of the retiring Trustee,  and shall
         not be  required  to make any  claim or  demand  against  the  retiring
         Trustee unless the Administrator shall in writing request the successor
         trustee to make a claim of damage against such retiring  Trustee within
         the time  limit  prescribed  after the  filing of the  Trustee's  final
         report.  Any such successor trustee shall have and may exercise all the
         rights,  powers  and  duties  of the  Trustee  as fully and to the same
         extent as if it had originally been named Trustee herein.

9.07     NOTIFICATION  TO  TRUSTEE.  Any  notice,  direction,   order,  request,
         certification  or  instruction of the  Administrator  or the Investment
         Committee  to the  Trustee  shall be in writing  and shall be signed on
         behalf of the  Administrator or the Investment  Committee.  Any notice,
         direction,  order,  request  or  instruction  of a  Participant  to the
         Trustee shall be in writing and shall be signed by the Participant. The
         Trustee and every other person  shall be entitled to rely  conclusively
         upon  any  and  all  such  notices,   directions,   orders,   requests,
         certifications and instructions  received from the  Administrator,  the
         Investment  Committee or a Participant  and  reasonably  believed to be
         properly executed.

                                       28

<PAGE>  42




9.08     INDEMNITY OF TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be required to undertake or
         defend any  litigation  arising in connection  with the Plan, the Trust
         Agreement  or the Fund unless the Trustee is first  indemnified  by the
         Company  or by  the  Fund  against  the  Trustee's  anticipated  costs,
         expenses, damages and liabilities in connection therewith, except where
         the  litigation is occasioned  by, or involves a question of,  default,
         neglect or breach of a fiduciary duty of the Trustee. If any litigation
         arises in  connection  with which the Trustee is entitled to  indemnity
         under this Section,  the Trustee shall give the Company  prompt written
         notice of the litigation or pending litigation.  The Company shall then
         take charge of the disposition of the litigation,  including compromise
         or the conduct of the litigation,  at the Company's expense,  including
         counsel  fees.  The Trustee at the Trustee's own expense may retain its
         own counsel and share in the  conduct of any such  litigation,  but any
         failure  by  the  Trustee  to do so  shall  not  adversely  affect  the
         Trustee's right to indemnity under this Section.

9.09     PROCEDURE.  If there is more than one  Trustee,  the Trustee may act by
         the  vote of a  majority  at a  meeting  or by a  writing  signed  by a
         majority without a meeting. During any period when the office of one of
         the Trustees is vacant or during any period when a Trustee is unable to
         serve for any reason,  any remaining  Trustee or Trustees  shall act as
         the sole Trustee or Trustees of the Trust.  The Trustees may  authorize
         one or more of them to execute  documents and act on their behalf.  Any
         person, persons, partnership or corporation may act, and shall be fully
         protected  in  acting,   in  accordance  with  any   representative  or
         instruction of any one of the Trustees.

9.10     APPOINTMENT OF TRUSTEE. The Trustee (or Trustees) named in Section 1 is
         a party to this  instrument,  and it hereby accepts its  appointment as
         Trustee.  Hereafter  the number of Trustees may be fixed by the Company
         from time to time.  A Trustee need not be a  Participant  and may be an
         individual, corporation or banking institution.

9.11     INVESTMENT  IN  COLLECTIVE  TRUST FUND.  The  Trustee,  for  collective
         investment purposes,  may combine into one trust fund the Trust created
         under this Plan with the trust created under any other  qualified  plan
         the Employer maintains.  However,  separate records shall be maintained
         for each trust in order to reflect properly each Participant's  Account
         under the plan or plans in which he is a Participant.

9.12     ACQUISITION LOANS. This Section specifically authorizes the Trustee, as
         directed by the Investment  Committee,  to enter into  Acquisition Loan
         transactions.  The Investment  Committee's  instructions to the Trustee
         shall include the terms and  conditions of the  Acquisition  Loan.  The
         following terms and conditions apply to any Acquisition Loan:

         (a)      The Trustee  shall use the  proceeds of the  Acquisition  Loan
                  within a reasonable  time after receipt only for any or all of
                  the following  purposes:  (1) to acquire Company Stock, (2) to
                  repay such  loan,  or (3) to repay a prior  Acquisition  Loan.
                  Except as provided under Section 13, no Company Stock acquired
                  with the proceeds of an  Acquisition  Loan may be subject to a
                  put, call or other option, or buy-sell or similar

                                       29

<PAGE>  43



                  arrangement  while  held by and  distributed  from this  Plan,
                  whether or not this Plan is then an employee  stock  ownership
                  plan.

         (b)      The interest  rate of the  Acquisition  Loan shall not be more
                  than a reasonable rate of interest.

         (c)      Any  collateral  the  Trustee  pledges  to the  creditor  must
                  consist only of the assets purchased by the borrowed funds and
                  those  assets,  if any,  the Trust used as  collateral  on the
                  prior Acquisition Loan repaid with the proceeds of any current
                  Acquisition Loan.

         (d)      The  creditor  shall have no recourse  against the Trust under
                  the  Acquisition  Loan except with respect to such  collateral
                  given for the  Acquisition  Loan,  contributions  (other  than
                  contributions of Company Stock) that the Employer makes to the
                  Trust to meet its obligations  under the Acquisition Loan, and
                  earnings attributable to such collateral and the investment of
                  such  contributions.  The  payment  made  with  respect  to an
                  Acquisition  Loan by the  Plan  during  a Plan  Year  must not
                  exceed an amount  equal to the sum of such  contributions  and
                  earnings  received  during  or  prior to the  year  less  such
                  payments  in prior  years.  The  Administrator  shall  account
                  separately for such contributions and earnings in the books of
                  account  of the Plan until the Trust  repays  the  Acquisition
                  Loan.

         (e)      In the event of default upon the  Acquisition  Loan, the value
                  of Plan assets  transferred in satisfaction of the Acquisition
                  Loan shall not exceed  the amount of the  default,  and if the
                  lender is a Disqualified  Person,  the Acquisition  Loan shall
                  provide for transfer of Plan assets upon default only upon and
                  to the extent of the  failure of the Plan to meet the  payment
                  schedule of the Acquisition Loan.

         (f)      The  Administrator  shall initially credit all assets acquired
                  with  the  proceeds  of  an  Acquisition  Loan  to a  suspense
                  account. In withdrawing assets from the suspense account,  the
                  Administrator  shall  apply  the  provisions  of  Treas.  Reg.
                  Sections 54.4975-7 (b)(8) and (15) as if all securities in the
                  suspense  account  were encum  bered.  Upon the payment of any
                  portion of the loan,  the number of  securities to be released
                  from encumbrance  shall be determined solely with reference to
                  principal  payments and the following  rules shall apply:  (1)
                  The loan shall  provide for annual  payments of principal  and
                  interest  at a  cumulative  rate that is not less rapid at any
                  time than level annual  payments of such amounts for 10 years.
                  (2) Interest included in any payment shall be disregarded only
                  to the extent that it would be determined to be interest under
                  standard loan amortization  tables.  (3) The loan shall not be
                  renewed,  extended or refinanced in such a manner that the sum
                  of the  expired  duration  of the  exempt  loan,  the  renewal
                  period,  the extension period and the duration of a new exempt
                  loan exceeds 10 years. Alternatively, the number of securities
                  to be released from encumbrance by the Administrator  shall be
                  based on

                                       30

<PAGE>  44



                  the number of securities held  immediately  before release for
                  the  current  Plan  Year  multiplied  by the  ratio  that  the
                  payments of principal and interest on the Acquisition Loan for
                  the Plan Year bears to the payments of principal  and interest
                  on the  Acquisition  Loan for the  Plan  Year  plus the  total
                  remaining  payments of principal and interest projected on the
                  Acquisition  Loan over the  duration of the  Acquisition  Loan
                  repayment  period.  The  Administrator  shall allocate  assets
                  released  from the suspense  account to the Accounts of Active
                  Participants in accordance with Section 4.03.

         (g)      The  loan  shall be for a  specified  term  and  shall  not be
                  payable on demand except in the case of default.


                                   SECTION 10.

                                 TOP HEAVY RULES


10.01    DEFINITIONS.  For purposes of applying the provisions of Section 10:

         (a)      "Key  Employee"  means,  as of  any  Determination  Date,  any
                  Employee  or former  Employee  and the  beneficiaries  of such
                  Employee who, at any time during the Plan Year which  includes
                  the  Determination  Date or  during  the  preceding  four Plan
                  Years, is (i) an officer of the Employer and such individual's
                  Compensation exceeds 50 percent of the dollar limitation under
                  section  415(b)(1)(A)  of the Code,  (ii) one of the Employees
                  owning  the ten  largest  interests  in the  Employer  who has
                  Compensation  exceeding  100 percent of the dollar  limitation
                  under section 415(c)(l)(A) of the Code, (iii) a more than five
                  percent owner of the Employer, or (iv) a more than one percent
                  owner of the  Employer  who has  Compensation  during the Plan
                  Year of more than $150,000.  The constructive  ownership rules
                  of section 318 of the Code (or the principles of that section,
                  in the case of any  unincorporated  Employer),  will  apply to
                  determine ownership in the Employer.  The determination of who
                  is a Key  Employee  shall be made in  accordance  with section
                  416(i)  of the  Code  and  the  regulations  under  that  Code
                  section.

         (b)      "Non-Key  Employee"  is   an  Employee  who does  not meet the
                  definition of Key Employee.

         (c)      "Compensation"   for   purposes  of  this   Section  10  means
                  Compensation  as defined in  section1.07(a)  and as limited by
                  section  401(a)(17)  of the Code,  except  that any  exclusion
                  described in section 1.07(a) shall not apply.


                                       31

<PAGE>  45



         (d)      "Required Aggregation Group" means: (1) Each qualified plan of
                  the Employer (whether or not terminated) in which at least one
                  Key  Employee  participates  at any time  during the five Plan
                  Year  period  ending on the  Determination  Date;  and (2) Any
                  other  qualified  plan of the  Employer  which  enables a plan
                  described in (1) to meet the requirements of section 401(a)(4)
                  of the Code or section 410 of the Code.

         (e)      "Permissive  Aggregation  Group" is the  Required  Aggregation
                  Group  plus  any  other  qualified  plans  maintained  by  the
                  Employer,  but  only  if  such  group  would  satisfy  in  the
                  aggregate the requirements of Code section  401(a)(4) and Code
                  section 410. The  Administrator  shall determine which plan to
                  take into account in determining  the  Permissive  Aggregation
                  Group.

         (f)      "Employer"  means all the  members  of a  controlled  group of
                  corporations  (as  defined  in  Code  section  414(b)),  of  a
                  commonly  controlled group of trades or businesses (whether or
                  not incorporated)  (as defined in Code section 414(c)),  or an
                  affiliated  service group (as defined in Code section 414(m)),
                  of which the Company is a part.

         (g)      "Determination Date" for any Plan Year is the Anniversary Date
                  of the  preceding  Plan Year or, in the case of the first Plan
                  Year of the Plan, the Anniversary Date of that Plan Year.

10.02    DETERMINATION OF TOP HEAVY STATUS.

         (a)      The Plan is top heavy  for a Plan Year if the top heavy  ratio
                  as of the Determination Date exceeds 60 percent. The top heavy
                  ratio is a fraction,  the numerator of which is the Sum of the
                  Account balances of all Key Employees as of the  Determination
                  Date, the contributions due as of the Determination  Date, and
                  distributions  made within the five Plan Year period ending on
                  the  Determination  Date,  and the  denominator  of which is a
                  similar sum determined for all  Employees.  The  Administrator
                  shall  calculate  the top heavy  ratio  without  regard to the
                  Account balances attributable to deductible voluntary Employee
                  contributions,  and without  regard to the Account  balance of
                  any Non-Key  Employee  who was  formerly a Key  Employee.  The
                  Administrator   shall   calculate   the  top  heavy  ratio  by
                  disregarding the Account balance (including distributions,  if
                  any, of the  Account) of an  individual  who has not  received
                  credit for at least one Hour of  Service  during the five Plan
                  Year   period   ending   on  the   Determination   Date.   The
                  Administrator  shall calculate the top heavy ratio,  including
                  the extent to which it must take into  account  distributions,
                  rollovers and transfers,  in accordance  with Code Section 416
                  and the regulations under that Code Section.

         (b)      If the Employer  maintains other qualified plans  (including a
                  simplified  employee pension plan) this Plan is top heavy only
                  if it is part of the Required  Aggregation  Group, and the top
                  heavy ratio for both the Required Aggregation Group and the

                                       32

<PAGE>  46



                  Permissive   Aggregation   Group   exceeds  60  percent.   The
                  Administrator  shall calculate the top heavy ratio in the same
                  manner  as  required  by the  subsection  (a) of this  Section
                  10.02,  taking into account all plans  within the  aggregation
                  group. The Administrator  shall calculate the present value of
                  accrued benefits and the other amounts the Administrator  must
                  take into account  under  simplified  employee  pension  plans
                  included  within  the  group in  accordance  with the terms of
                  those plans,  Code Section 416 and the regulations  under that
                  Code section.  The Administrator shall calculate the top heavy
                  ratio  with  reference  to the  Determination  Dates that fall
                  within the same calendar year.

10.03    MINIMUM  EMPLOYER  CONTRIBUTION.  If this Plan is top heavy in any Plan
         Year, the Company  guarantees a minimum  contribution  of the lesser of
         (i) three  percent of  Compensation  for the Plan Year for each Non-Key
         Employee  who  is  a  Participant  employed  by  the  Employer  on  the
         Anniversary  Date of the Plan Year,  without regard to Hours of Service
         completed,  or (ii) if the contribution  rate for the Key Employee with
         the  highest   contribution  rate  is  less  than  three  percent,  the
         guaranteed  minimum  contribution for Non-Key Employees shall equal the
         highest  contribution  rate  received by a Key  Employee.  Such minimum
         contribution  shall take  priority  over the  allocation  provisions of
         Section 4.03. The Plan satisfies the  guaranteed  minimum  contribution
         for the Non-Key Employee if the Non-Key Employee's contribution rate is
         at least  equal  to the  minimum  contribution.  For  purposes  of this
         Section, a Non-Key Employee Participant includes any Employee otherwise
         eligible  to  participate  in the  Plan  but  who is not a  Participant
         because  his  Compensation  does  not  exceed  a  specific  level.  The
         contribution rate is the sum of Employer  contributions  (not including
         Employer  contributions to Social  Security) and  Forfeitures,  if any,
         allocated to the Participant's Account for the Plan Year divided by his
         Compensation for the Plan Year. To determine the contribution rate, the
         Administrator  shall consider all qualified defined  contribution plans
         maintained  by the  Employer  as a  single  plan.  Subject  to the next
         sentence,  if the Employer also contributes under and maintains a money
         purchase   pension  plan,   the  Company  shall  make  any   additional
         contribution required under this Section pursuant to the money purchase
         pension plan  formula.  Notwithstanding  the preceding  sentence,  if a
         Participant  participates  both in this Plan and a defined benefit plan
         sponsored by the  Employer,  then that  Participant  shall  receive the
         minimum  benefit under the defined  benefit plan rather than under this
         Section  10.03.  Elective  contributions  under a Code  Section  401(k)
         arrangement and employer matching contributions  allocated on the basis
         of those elective contributions shall not be counted in the calculation
         of a Non-Key Employee's  contribution rate, but shall be counted in the
         calculation of a Key Employee's contribution rate.

10.04    VESTING TABLE.  For any Plan Year for which the Plan is top heavy,  the
         Administrator  shall  calculate  the  Nonforfeitable  percentage  of  a
         Participant's  Account  derived from Employer  contributions  under the
         following table rather than in accordance with Section 5.05:




                                       33

<PAGE>  47



                  YEARS OF SERVICE          NONFORFEITABLE PERCENTAGE
                  Fewer than 3                                  0
                  3 or more                                   100

         The above table shall not apply to the Account of any  Participant  who
         does not have an Hour of Service  after the Plan  becomes top heavy.  A
         shift to the above  table  shall be  effective  on the first day of the
         Plan Year for which the Plan  becomes  top  heavy.  If in any Plan Year
         after the Plan becomes top heavy,  the Plan ceases to be top heavy, the
         Administrator  may, in its sole  discretion,  elect to (a)  continue to
         apply the table in this  Section  10.04,  or (b) revert to the table in
         Section  5.05.  Any  shift  between  the  above  table and the table in
         Section 5.05  (whether  shifting to the above table or reverting to the
         table in Section  5.05)  Shall be deemed an  amendment  to the  vesting
         schedule,  and Section 10.05 shall apply.  This Section 10.04 shall not
         be applicable if vesting under the table in Section 5.05 is at least as
         rapid as under the table in this Section 10.04.

10.05    AMENDMENT TO VESTING SCHEDULE.  Although the Company reserves the right
         to amend the  above  table for the  calculation  of the  Nonforfeitable
         percentage  of  Participant's  Account at any time,  the  Administrator
         shall  not  apply  any  amended  table  to  reduce  the  Nonforfeitable
         percentage of any Participant's  Account (determined as of the later of
         the date the Company  adopts the  amendment  or the  amendment  becomes
         effective)  to a  percentage  less than the  Nonforfeitable  percentage
         computed under the Plan with regard to the amendment.  If the table for
         the  calculation  of the  Nonforfeitable  percentage  of the Account is
         amended in any way that directly or indirectly  affects the computation
         of a  Participant's  Nonforfeitable  percentage or if this Section 10.5
         applies pursuant to Section 10.04,  then each Participant with at least
         three Years of Service may elect to have the Nonforfeitable  percentage
         of his Account computed under the Plan without regard to the amendment.
         The Participant must file his written  election with the  Administrator
         within  60 days of the  latest  of (a) the  Company's  adoption  of the
         amendment;  (b)  the  effective  date  of the  amendment;  or  (c)  the
         Participant's receipt of a copy of the amendment.

10.06    ADJUSTMENT TO CODE SECTION 415  LIMITATIONS.  If a  Participant  is, or
         was,  covered under a Defined  Benefit Plan and a Defined  Contribution
         Plan  maintained  by the Employer,  and if the top-heavy  ratio is more
         than 0.90, then the overall limits on combined plan  contributions  and
         benefits under Code section 415 and Section 11.09 of this Plan shall be
         reduced so that 1.0 shall be substituted for 1.25 in the definitions of
         Defined  Contribution  Fraction and Defined  Benefit  Fraction.  If the
         top-heavy  ratio is less than 0.90, but is more than 0.60,  then either
         (i) the overall  limits on combined  plan  contributions  and  benefits
         under Code section 415 and Section  11.09 of this Plan shall be reduced
         so that 1.0 shall be substituted for 1.25 in the definitions of Defined
         Contribution Fraction and Defined Benefit Fraction, or (ii) the minimum
         benefit  accrual for the Defined Benefit Plan under Section 10.03 shall
         be increased to 3% under Code section  416(h)(2).  If, in any year, the
         sum of the Defined Benefit Fraction and Defined  Contribution  Fraction
         exceeds the reduced fractional limits above, the rate of

                                       34

<PAGE>  48



         benefit  accruals  under the Defined  Benefit  Plan shall be reduced so
         that the sum of the fractions equals the applicable limit.


                                   SECTION 11.

                                  MISCELLANEOUS


11.01    NONDIVERSION.   Except  as  provided  in  Section  11.02  it  shall  be
         impossible,  at any  time,  for any part of the  Trust to revert to the
         Employer or to be used for, or diverted to, purposes other than for the
         exclusive benefit of Employees and Beneficiaries.

11.02    RETURN OF COMPANY CONTRIBUTIONS. Contributions shall be returned to the
         Company only in accordance  with Section 11.09 or subsections  (a), (b)
         or (c) below:

         (a)      If a contribution is made by the Company by a mistake of fact,
                  the contribution  shall, at the Company's request, be returned
                  to  the  Company   within  one  year  after   payment  of  the
                  contribution.

         (b)      The Company's  contributions  are conditioned upon the initial
                  qualification  of the Plan and if the Plan receives an adverse
                  determination with respect to its initial determination,  then
                  such  contributions   shall,  at  the  Company's  request,  be
                  returned  to the  Company  within  one year  after the date of
                  denial  of  qualification  of  the  Plan,  provided  that  the
                  application for  qualification  is made by the time prescribed
                  by law for filing the  Employer's  return for the taxable year
                  in  which  the  Plan is  adopted,  or such  later  date as the
                  Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe.

         (c)      The  Company's   contributions   are   conditioned   upon  the
                  deductibility  of the  contributions  under section 404 of the
                  Code,  and to the extent the  deduction  is  disallowed,  such
                  contributions  (to  the  extent   disallowed)  shall,  at  the
                  Company's request,  be returned to the Company within one year
                  after the disallowance of the deduction.

         (d)      The  maximum  that  may  be  returned  to  the  Company  under
                  subsection  (a)  or  (c)  is the  excess  of  (1)  the  amount
                  contributed,  over, as relevant, (2) (i) the amount that would
                  have been contributed had no mistake of fact occurred, or (ii)
                  the  amount   that  would  have  been   contributed   had  the
                  contribution  been  limited to the amount  that is  deductible
                  after any  disallowance.  Earnings  attributable to the excess
                  may not be returned to the  Company,  but losses  attributable
                  thereto must reduce the amount to be so returned. Furthermore,
                  if the withdrawal of the amount  attributable  to the mistaken
                  or nondeductible  contribution  would cause the balance of the
                  individual  Account of any  Participant  to be reduced to less
                  than the balance which would have

                                       35

<PAGE>  49



                  been in the Account had mistaken or  nondeductible  amount not
                  been  contributed,  then  the  amount  to be  returned  to the
                  Company shall be limited so as to avoid such reduction. In the
                  case of a  reversion  due to initial  disqualification  of the
                  Plan,  the entire assets of the Plan  attributable  to Company
                  contributions  shall be returned to the  Company.  A reversion
                  authorized  under this  Section  11.02 shall be paid even if a
                  resulting  adjustment  is made to the Account of a Participant
                  that is partly or entirely Nonforfeitable.

11.03    NONASSIGNABILITY.

         (a)      The benefit or interest under the Plan and Trust of any person
                  shall not be  assignable or alienable by that person and shall
                  not be  subject to  alienation  by  operation  of law or legal
                  process.  The preceding  sentence shall apply to the creation,
                  assignment or recognition of any right to any benefit  payable
                  with respect to a Participant pursuant to a domestic relations
                  order,  unless  such  order is  determined  to be a  qualified
                  domestic  relations order, as defined in section 414(p) of the
                  Code. A domestic  relations  order entered  before  January 1,
                  1985, shall be treated as a qualified domestic relations order
                  if payment of benefits  pursuant to the order has commenced as
                  of such  date,  and may be  treated  as a  qualified  domestic
                  relations  order if payment of benefits is not commenced as of
                  such  date,  even  though  the  order  does  not  satisfy  the
                  requirements of Section 414(p) of the Code.

         (b)      This plan specifically  permits a distribution to an alternate
                  payee under a qualified  domestic relations order at any time,
                  irrespective  of whether  the  Participant  has  attained  his
                  earliest retirement age (as defined under Code section 414(p))
                  under the Plan. A distribution  to an alternate payee prior to
                  the  Participant's  attainment of earliest  retirement  age is
                  available  only if: (1) the order  specifies  distribution  at
                  that time or permits  an  agreement  between  the Plan and the
                  alternate payee to authorize an earlier distribution;  and (2)
                  if the present value of the alternate  payee's  benefits under
                  the Plan exceeds $5,000, and the order requires, the alternate
                  payee  consents  to any  distribution  occurring  prior to the
                  Participant's  attainment of earliest  retirement age. Nothing
                  in this Section  11.03 gives a  Participant a right to receive
                  distribution  at a time otherwise not permitted under the Plan
                  nor does it permit  the  alternate  payee to receive a form of
                  payment not permitted under the Plan.

11.04    CERTIFICATES CONCERNING BOARD ACTION. Any action by the Company's Board
         of  Directors  may  be  evidenced  by a  resolution  of  the  Board  of
         Directors,  certified  to the  Administrator  or to the  Trustee by the
         Secretary of the Company.  The Administrator and the Trustee shall act,
         and shall be fully  protected in acting,  in accordance  with documents
         certified in the manner set forth above.

11.05    CONSTRUCTION.   The   validity,   interpretation,    construction   and
         administration  of the Plan shall be  governed  by the laws of Kentucky
         except to the extent preempted by Federal law. The

                                       36

<PAGE>  50



         masculine  gender,  wherever  used  in this  Plan,  shall  include  the
         feminine.  The singular  shall  include the plural,  and the plural the
         singular,  wherever  appropriate for the proper  interpretation of this
         Plan. The headings in this Plan appear solely for ease of reference and
         shall not be considered in the  interpretation  or construction of this
         Plan. The Company  intends that this Plan shall be qualified under Code
         section 401(a), that the Plan shall be an employee stock ownership plan
         under Code Section 4975(e)(7) and ERISA Section 407(d)(6), and that the
         related trust shall be exempt under Code section  501(a);  and the Plan
         and  related  trust  shall  be  interpreted  in  accordance   with  the
         applicable   requirements  of  the  Code,  ERISA  and  the  regulations
         thereunder.

11.06    INDEMNITY OF EMPLOYEES.  Either directly or through insurance  coverage
         or  through  some  combination  of  these  methods  the  Company  shall
         indemnify and hold harmless its  employees,  officers and directors and
         the  members  of  the  Administrative   Committee  and  the  Investment
         Committee  against all claims,  damages and liabilities,  in respect of
         any  claim or  liability  which  may be  asserted  against  any of them
         because of any act or omission in the administration of the Plan or the
         Trust or in their capacity as Trustees,  except in case of any fraud or
         willful  wrongdoing by the person  seeking to be  indemnified  and held
         harmless.  If any  liability  is asserted  against an  indemnitee  with
         respect to which the  indemnitee  is entitled to  indemnity  under this
         section, the indemnitee shall give the Company prompt written notice of
         the assertion of the  liability.  The Company shall then take charge of
         the disposition of the asserted liability,  including compromise or the
         conduct of  litigation,  at the Company's  expense,  including  counsel
         fees. The indemnitee may at the indemnitee's own expense retain his own
         counsel  and  share  in the  conduct  of any such  litigation,  but any
         failure  by the  indemnitee  to do so shall not  adversely  affect  the
         indemnitee's right to indemnity under this Section.

11.07    MERGER.  If this Plan is merged or consolidated with any other employee
         benefit  plan or if the  assets  or  liabilities  under  this  Plan are
         transferred to any other employee benefit plan, each Participant  under
         the Plan must  receive a benefit  after such merger,  consolidation  or
         transfer which is equal to or greater than the benefit such Participant
         would have been  entitled to receive  immediately  before such  merger,
         consolidation or transfer, the amount of such benefits before and after
         such merger,  consolidation or transfer to be determined as if the Plan
         and such other employee benefit plan were then terminated.

11.08    INTERNAL  REVENUE CODE.  Any reference in this Plan to any provision of
         the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,  shall also be read as a
         reference to the  corresponding  provision,  if any, of any  subsequent
         Federal legislation.

11.09    ANNUAL ADDITIONS.  Annual Additions to a Participant's Account shall be
         limited in accordance with the following provisions.

         (a)      The  maximum  Annual  Addition  that  may  be  contributed  or
                  allocated to a Partici  pant's  account under the Plan for any
                  Plan Year shall not exceed the lesser of (i) the

                                       37

<PAGE>  51



                  Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation,  or (ii) 25 percent of
                  the Participant's compensation,  within the meaning of section
                  415(c)(3) of the Code, for the Limitation Year,  provided that
                  the   compensation   limitation   shall   not   apply  to  any
                  contribution  for medical benefits (within the meaning of Code
                  sections 401(h) and 419A(f)(2)  which is otherwise  treated as
                  an Annual Addition.

         (b)      If there is any Excess  Amount,  any  nondeductible  voluntary
                  contributions  shall be  returned  to the  Participant  to the
                  extent  such  return  would  reduce  the  Excess  Amount.  Any
                  remaining Excess Amount shall be disposed of as follows:

                  (1)      If the Participant is employed by the Employer at the
                           end of the  Limitation  Year,  then the Excess Amount
                           shall  be  used  to   reduce   future   contributions
                           (including any allocation of  Forfeitures)  under the
                           Plan  for the  next  Limitation  Year  (and  for each
                           succeeding  Limitation  Year as is necessary) for the
                           Participant.  If the  Participant  is not employed by
                           the Employer at the end of the Limitation Year or any
                           succeeding  Limitation  Year before the Excess Amount
                           is  allocated,   the  Excess  Amount  shall  be  held
                           unallocated  in  a  suspense  account.  The  suspense
                           account  shall be applied to reduce  future  Employer
                           contributions   (including   the  allocation  of  any
                           Forfeitures)  for all remaining  Participants  in the
                           next Limitation Year, and each succeeding  Limitation
                           Year if necessary in accordance  with  subsection (2)
                           below.

                  (2)      If a  suspense  account is in  existence  at any time
                           pursuant  to  this   subsection  (b),  it  shall  not
                           participate   in  any   allocation   of  the   Fund's
                           investment   gains  and   losses.   If  the  Plan  is
                           terminated, any such suspense account shall revert to
                           the  Employer  to the  extent  it  may  not  then  be
                           allocated to any Participant's Account.

         (c)      If a Participant  is, or was,  covered under a defined benefit
                  plan  and  a  defined  contribution  plan  maintained  by  the
                  Employer,  the sum of the  Participant's  Defined Benefit Plan
                  Fraction and Defined Contribution Plan Fraction may not exceed
                  1.0 in any Limitation  Year.  If, in any Limitation  Year, the
                  sum of the  Defined  Benefit  Plan  Fraction  and the  Defined
                  Contribution  Plan  Fraction  will  exceed  1.0,  the  rate of
                  benefit  accruals  under  the  defined  benefit  plan  will be
                  reduced so that the sum of the fractions equals 1.0.

         (d)      For purposes of this Section 11.09,  the following terms shall
                  have the following meanings:

                  (1)      "Defined   Contribution   Dollar   Limitation"  means
                           $30,000 as adjusted under Code section 415(d).


                                       38

<PAGE>  52



                 (2)      (A)       Subject   to   subparagraph   (B),   "Annual
                                    Addition"  means the amount  allocated  to a
                                    Participant's  Account  during the Plan Year
                                    that  constitute  (i) the lesser of Employer
                                    contributions  or the fair  market  value of
                                    the Financed  Shares released as a result of
                                    the contributions`,  (ii) forfeitures, (iii)
                                    participant and elective contributions,  and
                                    (iv)  amounts   allocated  to an  individual
                                    medical   account,  as  defined  in  section
                                    415(1)(2) of the  Code,  which  is part of a
                                    pension  or  annuity plan  maintained by the
                                    Employer,   or   amounts   derived      from
                                    distributions  which  are   attributable  to
                                    post-retirement medical benefits,  allocated
                                    to the separate account of a  key  employee,
                                    as  defined  in Code section   419(A)(d)(3),
                                    under a   welfare benefit  fund,  as defined
                                    in Code  section 419(e),  maintained  by the
                                    Employer,  both  only with respect to Annual
                                    Additions for a defined contribution plan.


                          (B)       The term "Annual Addition" shall not include
                                    any Company contributions  applied  to   pay
                                    interest  on an  Acquisition  Loan,  or  any
                                    Financed   Shares  which  are  allocated  as
                                    Forfeitures; provided however, this sentence
                                    shall  not  apply in a  Limitation  Year for
                                    which  more than  one-third  of the  Company
                                    contributions,  which are  deductible  under
                                    Code section 404(a)(9), are allocated to the
                                    Accounts of Highly Compensated Employees.

                 (3)       "Maximum Permissible Amount" means the minimum Annual
                           Addition allowed under Section 11.09(a) above.

                 (4)       "Excess Amount" means, with respect to a Participant,
                           the excess of his Annual Additions for the Limitation
                           Year  over  the  Maximum  Permissible  Amount,  which
                           occurs due to an allocation of Forfeitures,  an error
                           in estimating a  Participant's  Compensation,  or any
                           other  fact  or   circumstance   recognized   by  the
                           Secretary   of  the   Treasury  or  his  delegate  as
                           reasonable.

                 (5)       "Limitation Year" means a 12 consecutive month period
                           ending on the Anniversary Date.

                 (6)       "Defined  Benefit Plan  Fraction" is a fraction,  the
                           numerator  of which  is the sum of the  Participant's
                           projected  annual  benefits under all defined benefit
                           plans (whether or not  terminated)  maintained by the
                           Employer,  and the denominator of which is the lesser
                           of (i) 1.25  times the dollar  limitation  of section
                           415(b)(1)(A) of the Code in effect for the Limitation
                           Year,  or (ii) 1.4  times the  Participant's  average
                           compensation  for the three  consecutive  years  that
                           produces  the highest  average.  Notwithstanding  the
                           above, if the Participant was a Participant as of the
                           first  day of the  first  Limitation  Year  beginning
                           after  December  31,  1986,  in one or  more  defined
                           benefit plans

                                       39

<PAGE>  53



                           maintained by the Employer which were in existence on
                           May 6, 1986,  the  denominator  of this fraction will
                           not  be  less  than  125%  of the  sum of the  annual
                           benefits under such plans which the  Participant  had
                           accrued as of the close of the last  Limitation  Year
                           beginning  before January 1, 1987,  disregard ing any
                           changes in the terms and conditions of the plan after
                           May 5, 1986. The preceding  sentence  applies only if
                           the defined  benefit  plans  individually  and in the
                           aggregate  satisfied the  requirements of Section 415
                           of the Code for all Limitation Years beginning before
                           January 1, 1987.

                 (7)       "Defined  Contribution  Plan Fraction" is a fraction,
                           the  numerator  of  which  is the  sum of the  Annual
                           Additions  to the  Participant's  Account  under  all
                           defined contribution plans maintained by the Employer
                           (whether or not terminated),  for the current and all
                           prior Limitation Years, and the denomina tor of which
                           is the sum of the  lesser  of the  following  amounts
                           determined  for such year and for each  prior year of
                           service  with the  Employer (i) 1.25 times the dollar
                           limitation  in effect under section  415(c)(l)(A)  of
                           the Code for such year,  or (ii) 1.4 times the amount
                           which  may  be  taken  into  account   under  section
                           415(c)(1)(B) of the Code.  Notwithstanding the above,
                           if the  Employee was a  Participant  as of the end of
                           the first day of the first  Limitation Year beginning
                           after  December  31,  1986,  in one or  more  defined
                           contribution  plans  maintained by the Employer which
                           were in  existence on May 6, 1986,  the  numerator of
                           this  fraction  will be  adjusted  if the sum of this
                           fraction and the Defined  Benefit Plan Fraction would
                           otherwise  exceed  1.0  under  the  terms of the this
                           Plan.  Under the  adjustment,  an amount equal to the
                           product of (i) the excess of the sum of the fractions
                           over 1.0 times (ii) the  denominator  of the  Defined
                           Contribution   Plan  Fraction  will  be   permanently
                           subtracted   from  the   numerator   of  the  Defined
                           Contribution  Fraction.  The adjustment is calculated
                           using the  fractions  as they would be computed as of
                           the end of the last limitation Year beginning  before
                           January 1, 1987, and  disregarding any changes in the
                           terms and  conditions  of the plan made  after May 6,
                           1986,   but  using  the   Section  415  of  the  Code
                           limitation  applicable to the first  Limitation  Year
                           beginning  on or after  January 1,  1987.  The Annual
                           Addition for any  Limitation  Year  beginning  before
                           January 1, 1987, shall not be recomputed to treat all
                           employee contributions as Annual Additions.

                 (8)       "Compensation"   means  Compensation  as  defined  in
                           section 1.13(a)  except that any exclusion  described
                           in section 1.13(a) shall not apply.  Notwithstand ing
                           any  provision  in Section  1.13(a) to the  contrary,
                           Compensation  shall include all amounts actually paid
                           or made available during the Limitation Year.

                 (9)       Projected  Annual  Benefit  Income"  means the annual
                           benefit to which the  Participant  would be  entitled
                           under the terms of the Plan, if the Participant

                                       40

<PAGE>  54



                           continued  employment until Normal Retirement Age (or
                           current   age,   if  later)  and  the   Participant's
                           compensation  for the  Limitation  Year and all other
                           relevant  factors  used  to  determine  such  benefit
                           remain  constant  until  Normal  Retirement  Age  (or
                           current age, if later).

         (e)      If the  Company  or any  Employer  contributes  any  amount on
                  behalf of a  Participant  in this Plan,  to any other  defined
                  contribution  plan,  welfare  benefit  fund as defined in Code
                  section  419(e),  or individual  medical account as defined in
                  Code section 415(l)(2),  maintained by any Employer,  then the
                  limitation on annual  additions  provided in Section  11.09(a)
                  shall  apply in the  aggregate  to this  Plan  and such  other
                  plans. Reductions of annual additions,  where required,  shall
                  be accomplished first in the manner set forth in the Company's
                  401(k)  Profit  Sharing  Plan,  and  then  by  allocating  any
                  remaining excess to this Plan and accomplishing the reductions
                  in the manner set forth in this Section 11.09. For the purpose
                  of applying the term  "Employer"  in this Section  11.09,  the
                  references in Section 1.15 to Code Sections  414(b) and 414(c)
                  shall be modified as provided in Code Section 415(h).

11.10    STATUS OF PARTICIPANTS.  Neither the  establishment or any amendment of
         the Plan, nor the payment of any benefits, shall be construed as giving
         to any Participant or other person any legal or equitable right against
         the  Employer,  the  Administrator  or the Trustee  except as expressly
         provided  herein,  and in no event shall the terms of employment of any
         Employee or  Participant  be modified or in any way be affected  hereby
         except as expressly provided herein.

11.11    INCAPACITATED   RECIPIENT.   If  the   Administrator   finds  that  any
         Participant or any Beneficiary entitled to receive a payment under this
         Plan is unable to care for his affairs  because of  illness,  injury or
         minority,  any such payment may, at the Administrator's  direction,  be
         made for his benefit to the spouse, child, brothers,  sisters,  parents
         or the person having custody of such  Participant or such  Beneficiary,
         unless a prior claim shall have been made by a duly appointed  guardian
         or other legal representative.

11.12    DISCRETIONARY  ACTS. Any discretionary acts to be taken, or policies to
         be  adopted,  under  the terms  and  provisions  of this Plan and Trust
         Agreement by the Administrator or the Trustee shall be uniform in their
         nature and application to all those similarly situated.

11.13    NOTICES TO ADMINISTRATOR. The Company shall notify the Administrator of
         the  occurrence  of any event of which the Company has  knowledge  that
         would make any Participant or any Beneficiary  eligible for any benefit
         under the Plan.

11.14    UNCLAIMED ACCOUNT PROCEDURE.

         (a)      The  Plan  does  not  require  either  the   Trustee   or  the
                  Administrator to search for, or ascertain the  whereabouts of,
                  any Participant or Beneficiary. The Administrator, by

                                       41

<PAGE>  55



                  certified  mail  addressed to his last known address of record
                  with the  Administrator  or the  Employer,  shall  notify  any
                  Participant,  or  Beneficiary,   that  he  is  entitled  to  a
                  distribution   under  this  Plan.  If  the   Participant,   or
                  Beneficiary, fails to claim his distributive share or make his
                  whereabouts known in writing to the  Administrator  within six
                  months   from  the  date  of  mailing  of  the   notice,   the
                  Administrator  shall  thereafter  treat the  Participant's  or
                  Beneficiary's   unclaimed   payable   Accrued   Benefit  as  a
                  Forfeiture,  which shall be  reallocated  in  accordance  with
                  Section 4.03 for the Plan Year in which the Forfeiture occurs.
                  A  Forfeiture   under  this  Section   shall  occur  when  the
                  Administrator  determines  that the Participant or Beneficiary
                  cannot be located.

         (b)      If a Participant or Beneficiary  who has incurred a Forfeiture
                  of his Accrued  Benefit under this Section  makes a claim,  at
                  any time, for his forfeited Accrued Benefit, the Administrator
                  shall restore the  Participant's  or  Beneficiary's  forfeited
                  Accrued Benefit to the same dollar amount as the dollar amount
                  of the Accrued Benefit forfeited,  unadjusted for any gains or
                  losses occurring subsequent to the date of the forfeiture. The
                  Administrator  shall make the restoration during the Plan Year
                  in which the Participant or Beneficiary makes the claim, first
                  from the amount,  if any,  of  forfeitures  the  Administrator
                  otherwise  would allocate for the Plan Year, and then from the
                  amount or additional  amount, the Employer shall contribute to
                  enable the Administrator to make the required restoration. The
                  Administrator  shall  direct  the  Trustee to  distribute  the
                  Participant's or Beneficiary's restored Accrued Benefit to him
                  not later  than sixty days after the close of the Plan Year in
                  which  the  Administra  tor  restores  the  forfeited  Accrued
                  Benefit. The forfeiture provisions of this Section shall apply
                  solely to the  Participant's or to the  Beneficiary's  Accrued
                  Benefit derived from Employer contributions.


                                   SECTION 12.

                           FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITIES


12.01    NAMED  FIDUCIARIES.  The control,  management and administration of the
         Plan and the control,  management and  disposition of the Fund shall be
         controlled  by  the  following   fiduciaries   (individually  a  "Named
         Fiduciary" and collectively the "Named Fiduciaries"):  The Company, the
         Administrator,  the Administrative Committee, the Investment Committee,
         and the Trustee.

12.02    POWERS AND RESPONSIBILITIES.  Each Named Fiduciary shall have only such
         powers and  responsibilities as are expressed in the Plan. Any power or
         responsibility  for the control,  management or  administration  of the
         Plan or Fund  which is not  expressly  allocated  to a Named  Fiduciary
         shall be deemed allocated to the Administrator. Each Named Fiduciary

                                       42

<PAGE>  56



         shall have no responsibility to inquire into the accounts and omissions
         of any other Named Fiduciary in the exercise of powers or the discharge
         of responsibilities assigned to such other Named Fiduciary by the Plan.
         This  provision  is intended to  allocate to each Named  Fiduciary  the
         individual  responsibility  for the prudent  execution of the functions
         assigned to that Named Fiduciary,  and none of such responsibilities or
         any  other  responsibility  shall  be  shared  by  two  or  more  Named
         Fiduciaries  unless such  sharing  shall be provided  for by a specific
         provision of the Plan or the Trust.  If one Named Fiduciary is required
         by the Plan to follow the  directions of another Named  Fiduciary,  the
         two Named  Fiduciaries  shall not be  deemed  to have been  assigned  a
         shared  responsibility,  but the  responsibility of the Named Fiduciary
         giving the directions shall be deemed his sole responsibility.

12.03    ALLOCATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES.  Any Named Fiduciaries may by agreement
         among  themselves  allocate to one or more other Named  Fiduciaries any
         responsibility  or duty  assigned  to a Named  Fiduciary  by the  Plan;
         provided,  however, that any agreement respecting such allocation shall
         be in writing and shall be filed by the Administrator  with the records
         of the  Plan.  No such  agreement  shall be  effective  as to any Named
         Fiduciary  which  is not a party  to the  agreement  until  such  Named
         Fiduciary has received  written  notice of the agreement from the Named
         Fiduciaries who are parties to the agreement.  Any Named Fiduciary may,
         by written  instrument filed by the  Administrator  with the records of
         the Plan,  designate a person who is not a Named Fiduciary to carry out
         any of the Named Fiduciary's responsibilities under the Plan; provided,
         however,  that no such  designation  shall be effective as to any other
         Named Fiduciary until such other Named Fiduciary has received notice of
         that designation.

12.04    EMPLOYEES.  Any  Named  Fiduciary  or a  person  designated  by a Named
         Fiduciary to perform any responsibility of the Named Fiduciary pursuant
         to the  procedure  described  in  Section  12.03 may employ one or more
         persons to render advice with respect to any responsibility  such Named
         Fiduciary  has  under  the  Plan or such  person  has  because  of such
         designation.

12.05    FUNDING POLICY. The  Administrative  Committee annually shall determine
         anticipated  liquidity  requirements to meet projected benefit payments
         for the following Plan Year and, if any adjustment from previous annual
         liquidity   requirements  is   appropriate,   notice  of  the  adjusted
         requirement shall be communicated as soon as possible to the Trustee in
         writing  so  that  Fund  investment   policies  may  be   appropriately
         coordinated  with Plan needs.  If no notice is delivered to the Trustee
         by the first day of any Plan  Year,  the  Trustee  may  assume  without
         further  inquiry  that the  liquidity  requirements  for such Plan Year
         remain the same as requirements for the preceding Year.




                                       43

<PAGE>  57



                                   SECTION 13.

                                  COMPANY STOCK


13.01    VOTING OF COMPANY STOCK. Except as provided in subsections (a) and (b),
         all  Company  Stock held in the Trust  shall be voted by the Trustee as
         directed by the Administrative Committee.

         (a)      With  respect to the voting of  Company  Stock  which is not a
                  registration  type  class of  securities,  a  Participant  (or
                  Beneficiary)  shall  have the  right  to  direct  the  Trustee
                  regarding  the voting of such Company  Stock  allocated to his
                  Company  Stock  Account with respect to any  corporate  matter
                  which  involves the approval or disap proval of any  corporate
                  merger or consolidation,  recapitalization,  reclassification,
                  liquidation,  dissolution, sale of substantially ail assets of
                  a  trade  or  business, or   such  similar  transaction as the
                  Treasury may prescribe in regulations.

         (b)      Each  Participant  (or  Beneficiary)  shall  have the right to
                  direct the  Trustee as to the  exercise  of any and all voting
                  rights  attributable to shares of Company Stock then allocated
                  to his  Company  Stock  Account,  but only if the shares are a
                  registration type class of securities.

         (c)      The term  "registration  type class of securities" means (1) a
                  class of securities required to be registered under Section 12
                  of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  and (2) a class of
                  securities which would be required to be so registered  except
                  for the  exemption  from  registration  provided in subsection
                  (g)(2)(H) of such Section 12.

13.02    DIVIDENDS ON COMPANY STOCK.

         (a)      Any  cash   dividends  paid  with  respect  to  Company  Stock
                  (including  Company Stock held in a suspense account) shall be
                  allocated to the Other Investments Account of a Participant in
                  the same  ratio,  determined  as of the  dividend  declaration
                  date, that Company Stock allocated to a Participant's  Company
                  Stock  Account  bears to the Company  Stock  allocated  to all
                  Company Stock Accounts.  However,  cash dividends shall not be
                  allocated  to Other  Investment  Accounts  to the  extent  the
                  Administrator  directs the Trustee (1) to apply the  dividends
                  to the  payment  of an  Acquisition  Loan in  accordance  with
                  subsection  (b),  or (2) to apply the  dividends  to  purchase
                  additional  shares of  Company  Stock as  provided  in Section
                  4.02.

         (b)      Any  cash   dividends  paid  with  respect  to  Company  Stock
                  allocated to a Participant's  Company Stock Account or held in
                  a  suspense   account  may  (as  required  by  the  applicable
                  Acquisition  Loan  documentation  or, if not so  required,  as
                  determined  in the sole  discretion of the  Administrator)  be
                  used  to  repay  the  principal   balance  of  an  outstanding
                  Acquisition  Loan or interest  thereon in whole or in part, or
                  to purchase

                                       44

<PAGE>  58



                  additional  shares of  Company  Stock as  provided  in Section
                  4.02.  Financed Shares  released from the suspense  account by
                  reason of dividends  paid with respect to Company  Stock shall
                  be  allocated  to  Participants'  Company  Stock  Accounts  as
                  follows:

                  (1)      First,  Financed  Shares with a Fair Market  Value at
                           least equal to the dividends paid with respect to the
                           Company Stock allocated to the Partici pants' Company
                           Stock Accounts shall be allocated  among and credited
                           to the Company Stock  Accounts of such  Participants,
                           pro  rata,  according  to the  number  of  shares  of
                           Company  Stock held in such  accounts on the dividend
                           declaration date.

                  (2)      Then, any remaining Financed Shares released shall be
                           allocated  among and  credited to the  Company  Stock
                           Accounts of all Participants,  pro rata, according to
                           each Participant's Compensation.

13.03    PUT OPTION. If the Company Stock is or becomes not readily tradeable on
         an established  securities  market,  then, at the time of distribution,
         the Employer  shall issue a "put option" with respect to Company Stock.
         The put option shall permit the  Participant  to sell the Company Stock
         to the Employer,  at any time during two option periods, at the current
         fair market  value.  The first put option period shall run for a period
         of 60 days  commencing on the date of distribution of the Company Stock
         to the  Participant,  and if not  exercised  within that period the put
         option shall  temporarily  lapse.  The fair market value of the Company
         Stock shall be  re-calculated as of the close of the Plan Year in which
         the first put option  period  commenced,  and the  Administrator  shall
         notify each distributee, who did not exercise the put option during the
         first period, of the revised value of the Company Stock. The second put
         option period shall commence on the date such notice is given and shall
         permanently  lapse 60 days thereafter.  If a Participant or Beneficiary
         exercises his put option, the Employer shall purchase the Company Stock
         at fair market value upon the terms provided  under Section 13.04.  The
         Employer may grant the Trust an option to assume the Employer's  rights
         and  obligations  under  Sections  13.03 and 13.04.  Sections 13.03 and
         13.04  shall  continue  to apply to any the  shares  of  Company  Stock
         acquired  with the  proceeds  of an  Acquisition  Loan even if the Plan
         ceases to be an  employee  stock  ownership  plan within the meaning of
         Code Section 4975(e)(7).

13.04    PAYMENT  OF  PURCHASE  PRICE.  If the  Company  (or the  Trustee at the
         Administrator's  direction)  exercises  an option to  purchase  Company
         Stock pursuant to the exercise of a put option under Section 13.03, the
         payment  shall be made  under (a) or (b) below at the  election  of the
         Employer or Trustee.

                  (1)      If the  Company  Stock was  distributed  as part of a
                           total   distribution,   payment   may  be   made   in
                           substantially  equal  installments  over a period not
                           exceeding  5  years,   subject  to  a   Participant's
                           election for a longer period. The first

                                       45

<PAGE>  59



                           installment shall be paid no later than 30 days after
                           the  Participant  or  Beneficiary  exercises  the put
                           option.  The balance of the  purchase  price shall be
                           evidenced  by a  promissory  note  delivered  to  the
                           selling  Participant  or  Beneficiary  on the closing
                           date.  The  note  shall  bear a  reasonable  rate  of
                           interest,  determined as of the closing date, and the
                           purchaser shall provide adequate security for payment
                           of the note.  The note shall provide for equal annual
                           installments    with   interest   payable   on   each
                           installment,  the  first  installment  being  due and
                           payable  one year after the  closing  date.  The note
                           shall also  provide  for  acceleration  upon 30 days'
                           default of the payment on interest or  principal  and
                           shall  grant to the  maker  of the note the  right to
                           prepay  the  note in  whole or in part at any time or
                           times without penalty

         (a)      If the distribution was not part of a total distribution,  the
                  payment shall be in a lump sum. If the  distribution  was part
                  of a total  distribution,  the  purchaser  may  elect  to make
                  payment  in a lump sum.  If the  payment  is by lump sum,  the
                  purchaser  shall pay the  Participant or Beneficiary  the fair
                  market  value of the Company  Stock being  purchased  no later
                  than 30 days  after the date the  Participant  or  Beneficiary
                  exercises the put option.

         (b)      The following terms shall have the meanings indicated below:

                  (1)      "Closing  date"  means the date and time on which the
                           selling  Participant or Beneficiary and the purchaser
                           may  agree  for  purposes  of  effecting  a sale  and
                           purchase  under Section  13.03,  provided the closing
                           date  shall  occur not later  than 30 days  after the
                           Participant or Beneficiary exercises a put option.

                  (2)      "Fair  market  value"  means the value of the Company
                           Stock  determined in accordance with Section 9.04 (A)
                           as of the date of the  exercise  of an  option if the
                           exercise is by a disqualified  person,  or (B) in all
                           other cases, as of the most recent Valuation Date.

                  (3)      "Total   distribution"  means  a  distribution  to  a
                           Participant or  Beneficiary,  within one taxable year
                           of  the  recipient,  of  the  entire  balance  to the
                           recipient's credit under the Plan.


                                     SECTION 14.

                            AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

14.01    AMENDMENT.  The Company  reserves  the  right in   its  sole  and final
         discretion  to amend or modify the Plan and the Trust in any respect at
         any time and from time to time to any extent

                                       46

<PAGE>  60



         which it may deem  desirable,  and any amendment may be effective as of
         any  date  (including  a date  that  precedes  the  date of  adoption);
         provided, however, that

         (a)      Without the written  consent of the Trustee no amendment shall
                  be made which will increase the duties or  responsibilities of
                  the Trustee;

         (b)      Except for amendments required by the Internal Revenue Service
                  as a  condition  of its  approval  of the  Plan  and  Trust as
                  qualifying  under  Section  401(a) and  Section  501(a) of the
                  Code,  and subject to  Sections  11.02 and 11.14 of this Plan,
                  (1) no amendment  shall divest any  Participant or Beneficiary
                  of any interest vested in that  Participant or Beneficiary and
                  (2) no amendment  shall permit any part of the Fund to be used
                  for, or diverted  to,  purposes  other than for the  exclusive
                  benefit of Employees and Beneficiaries;

         (c)      No amendment  shall  decrease  the balance of a  Participant's
                  Account or eliminate  an optional  form of  distribution  with
                  respect to any Account  balance at the date of the  amendment,
                  except to the extent  permitted  under  Sections  412(c)(8) or
                  411(d)(6) of the Code; and

         (d)      Any  amendment  shall  be  by action of the Company's Board of
                  Directors.

14.02    TERMINATION.  The  Company  may in its  sole  and  absolute  discretion
         terminate (including by permanent discontinuance of contributions),  or
         partially terminate,  the Plan at any time. Any termination of the Plan
         shall be by action of the Company's Board of Directors.  If the Company
         terminates or partially  terminates this Plan, then for all purposes of
         this  instrument  each  affected  Participant's  Account  shall  be 100
         percent  Nonforfeitable.  The Account  shall,  notwithstanding  Section
         5.04(b),  be  distributed  in a lump  sum as soon  as  administratively
         practicable  after the  termination,  if the Employer does not maintain
         any other defined  contribution plan. As of the date of distribution of
         Accounts in connection with the termination,  the  Administrator  shall
         allocate  the net  income,  gain  or  loss  occurring  since  the  last
         Valuation   Date  to  the  Accounts  pro  rata  in  an  equitable   and
         nondiscriminatory  manner.  The  net  income,  gain or  loss  shall  be
         determined  after  such  reduction  for fees and  other  administrative
         expenses   relating  to  the  termination  as  the   Administrator  may
         determine.

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Company and the Trustee have executed
this  Plan  and  Trust  Agreement  as  of  January  1,  1999,  but  actually  on
January 29, 1999.


                                    REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC.

                                    By   /S/ MARK A. VOGT                  

                                    Title:   SVP

                                       47

<PAGE>  61





                                    REPUBLIC BANK & TRUST COMPANY


                                    By   /S/ E. WILLIAM PETTER       

                                    Title:  Executive Vice President          



                                    REPUBLIC FINANCIAL SERVICES
                                    CORPORATION


                                    By     /S/ E. WILLIAM PETTER

                                    Title:                                 





                                    REPUBLIC BANK & TRUST COMPANY, Trustee


                                    By    /S/ E. WILLIAM PETTER           

                                    Title:   Executive Vice President        





                                       48



<PAGE>  62

                                                       EXHIBIT 99.2


                               ESOP LOAN AGREEMENT


                  THIS    ESOP  LOAN AGREEMENT  (the "Agreement")  dated as   of
January 29, 1999, between

         REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC.
         601 West Market Street
         Louisville, Kentucky 40202                           ("the "Lender")

and

         REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC.
         EMPLOYEE STOCK  OWNERSHIP  TRUST, a qualified  employee stock ownership
         trust 601 West Market Street
         Louisville, Kentucky 40202                           (the "Borrower")


                                    RECITALS

         A. The  Borrower  is a  qualified  employee  stock  ownership  trust as
defined in sections 401(a) and 4975(e)(7) of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended (the "Code").

         B. The  Borrower  desires to obtain  from the Lender a term loan in the
amount of  $3,873,000.00  (the  "Exempt  Loan") for the  purpose of funding  the
acquisition of 300,000 shares of Class A Common Stock of Republic Bancorp, Inc.

         C. The Exempt  Loan is intended  to  be an "exempt  loan" as defined in
Treas. Reg. Section 54.4975-7(b)(1)(iii).

         D. The Lender is willing to make the  Exempt  Loan to the  Borrower  in
accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.


                                   AGREEMENTS

                              SECTION 1 - DEFINITIONS

                  As used in this  Agreement,  the terms and phrases  defined in
the preamble and Recitals  hereto shall have the meanings given them there,  and
the following terms and phrases shall have the following meanings:

         "Annual Interest Rate" means the annual interest rate of  7.25 percent.



<PAGE>  63



         "Common Stock" means the Class A Common Stock of Republic Bancorp, Inc.

         "ESOP" means the Republic Bancorp,  Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan,
as originally effective January 1, 1999. The Borrower was organized as a part of
the ESOP effective January 1, 1999.

         "ESOP  Note"  means  that  certain  ESOP  Promissory  Note of even date
herewith  made by the  Borrower  payable  to the  order  of the  Lender,  in the
principal amount of $3,873,000.00, evidencing Borrower's obligation to repay the
Exempt Loan, and any instrument in renewal, replacement,  reissuance, extension,
payment or novation of that ESOP Note.

         "Event of Default"  shall have the  meaning  given it in Section 8.1 of
this Agreement.

         "Exempt  Loan" means the unpaid  principal  balance of, and all accrued
but unpaid interest on, the term loan made by the Lender to Borrower pursuant to
Section 2 of this Agreement.

         "Loan Documents" means this Agreement,  the ESOP Note, the Stock Pledge
Agreement,  and any other documents,  instruments or other writings  executed in
connection  with  this  Agreement  or  the  transaction   contemplated  by  this
Agreement.

         "Person"  means  any  individual,  firm,  trust,  estate,  partnership,
corporation or other association.

         "Pledged Stock" means shares of the issued and outstanding Common Stock
owned by the Trustee in its  capacity as trustee for the Borrower and pledged to
the Lender as security for the Exempt Loan.

         "Stock Pledge  Agreement"  means that certain Stock Pledge Agreement of
even date herewith  between the Borrower and the Lender  granting Lender a first
priority security interest in the Pledged Stock.

         "Trustee" means as of the date of this Agreement, Republic Bank & Trust
Company,  solely in its capacity as Trustee of the Borrower,  and any additional
or successor trustees who may be appointed hereafter.

         "Uniform  Commercial  Code"  means the  Uniform  Commercial  Code as in
effect in the Commonwealth of Kentucky.

         "Unmatured  Default"  means  the  happening  of any  occurrence  which,
together  with the giving of any required  notice or the passage of any required
period of time, would constitute an Event of Default.


                                        2

<PAGE>  64



                            SECTION 2 - THE EXEMPT LOAN

         2.1 THE AMOUNT.  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement,
the  Lender  shall  make a term loan to the  Borrower  in the  principal  sum of
$3,873,000.  The  Exempt  Loan  shall be  evidenced  by and shall be  payable in
accordance  with the terms of the ESOP Note and the terms and conditions of this
Agreement.

         2.2  INTEREST  ON THE EXEMPT  LOAN.  Except as provided by section 9 of
this  Agreement,  the unpaid  principal  balance  of the Exempt  Loan shall bear
interest at the Annual  Interest Rate.  All interest  payable on the Exempt Loan
shall be  calculated  on the basis of the actual  number of days elapsed over an
assumed year of 360 days.

         2.3  PURPOSES OF EXEMPT  LOAN.  Borrower  shall use the proceeds of the
Exempt Loan solely to acquire 300,000 shares of Common Stock from Bernard Trager
and Bankers Insurance Agency, Inc.

                          SECTION 3 - PAYMENT OF THE LOAN

         3.1  PAYMENTS OF  PRINCIPAL  AND  INTEREST.  Borrower  shall pay to the
Lender, the principal sum of $3,873,000,  plus interest on the principal balance
outstanding  from time to time at the annual rate of 7.25  percent from the date
of this Note,  as follows:  (a)  Payments  shall be in 119  consecutive  monthly
installments, (b) the first installment in the amount of $48,069.95 shall be due
and payable on March 1, 1999,  and (c) the remaining  installments  of $45730.01
each shall be due and  payable on the first day of each  subsequent  month until
the entire  principal  balance of, and all accrued but unpaid  interest on, this
Note has been paid in full.  All payments  shall be applied first to the accrued
but  unpaid  interest  on the  Exempt  Loan and then to reduce  the  outstanding
principal balance of the Exempt Loan. On January 1, 2009,  Borrower shall pay to
Lender the entire outstanding principal balance of, and all accrued interest on,
the Exempt Loan.

         3.2 PREPAYMENT.  Borrower shall have the right to prepay,  at any time,
and from  time to  time,  without  penalty  or  premium,  all or any part of the
outstanding  principal  balance of the Exempt  Loan.  Each  prepayment  shall be
applied first to the accrued but unpaid  interest on the Exempt Loan and then to
reduce the outstanding  principal  balance of the Exempt Loan. If any prepayment
prepays less than the entire  outstanding  principal balance of the Exempt Loan,
Borrower  shall  continue to pay any  principal  and/or  interest  payments  due
hereunder in the amounts and on the dates provided in this  Agreement  until the
entire principal  balance of, and all accrued but unpaid interest on, the Exempt
Loan have been paid in full. Any such prepayment  shall be applied to reduce the
principal  payments  due under the  Exempt  Loan in the  reverse  order of their
maturity, and the effect of any such prepayment shall be to reduce the number of
principal payments due under the Exempt Loan.


                                        3

<PAGE>  65



                     SECTION 4 - SECURITY FOR THE EXEMPT LOAN

         4.1 STOCK  PLEDGE  AGREEMENT.  As  security  for the Exempt  Loan,  the
Borrower  shall grant to the Lender a first  priority  security  interest in the
Pledged Stock pursuant to the Stock Pledge Agreement.

         4.2  NONRECOURSE TO BORROWER.  Notwithstanding  any other  provision of
this  Agreement,  the Lender  shall have no recourse  against the Trustee or the
Borrower,  except as to such  assets of the  Borrower as are  permitted  by law;
provided,  however,  the  Borrower  shall be liable to the Lender if it fails or
refuses to make  timely  payment on the ESOP Note when it has  sufficient  funds
with which to do so.

                         SECTION 5 - CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

                  The  Lender's  obligation  to make the  Exempt  Loan  shall be
conditioned upon fulfillment of all the following conditions prior to the making
of the Exempt Loan:

         5.1  CERTIFICATES  OF  RESOLUTION.  Borrower  shall have  furnished the
Lender with a certified copy of the  resolution of the  Investment  Committee of
the Borrower  authorizing  the execution,  delivery and  performance of the Loan
Documents on behalf of Borrower.

         5.2 EXECUTED AGREEMENTS. The Borrower shall have executed and delivered
this  Agreement  and  each  of the  other  Loan  Documents,  including,  without
limitation, the ESOP Note and the Stock Pledge Agreement.

         5.3   NO DEFAULT.  No Event of Default or Unmatured Default shall exist
which has not been cured to the satisfaction of the Lender.

                    SECTION 6 - REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

                  To induce the Lender to enter  into this  Agreement,  Borrower
represents and warrants to the Lender as follows:

         6.1  EXISTENCE.   Borrower  is  an  employee  stock   ownership   trust
established by Republic Bancorp, Inc. that is part of the ESOP, and is an exempt
organization under Section 501(a) of the Code. The ESOP is qualified , organized
and operated in accordance with Sections 401(a) and 4975(e)(7) of the Code.

         6.2 RIGHT TO ACT.  No  registration  with or consent or approval of any
government  agency  of  any  kind  is  required  for  the  execution,  delivery,
performance and enforceability of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents by
Borrower which has not been acquired by Borrower. Borrower has full right, power
and capacity to execute,  deliver and perform this  Agreement and the other Loan
Documents.  This  Agreement and the other Loan Documents have been duly executed
and delivered

                                        4

<PAGE>  66



and constitute legal, valid and binding obligations enforceable against Borrower
in accordance with their respective terms.

         6.3 NO CONFLICTS.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents, the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby,
and the fulfillment of their obligations and undertakings thereunder by Borrower
do not (a) violate any  provision  of any  applicable  law,  ordinance,  rule or
regulation of any governmental body, or any judgment,  decree, writ, injunction,
order  or award  of any  arbitration  panel,  court  or  governmental  authority
applicable to the Borrower,  or (b) otherwise constitute a default, or result in
the  imposition  of any lien,  under any existing  contract or other  obligation
binding  upon  Borrower  with or  without  the  passage of time or the giving of
notice or both.

         6.4  LITIGATION.  There is no litigation,  at law or in equity,  or any
proceeding  before  any  federal,  state  or  municipal  court,  board  or other
governmental or administrative  agency pending, or to the knowledge of Borrower,
threatened,  which might  involve any  material  judgment or  liability  against
Borrower or which might otherwise  result in any material  adverse change in the
financial  condition of Borrower.  No judgment,  decree or order of any federal,
state or municipal court, board or other  governmental or administrative  agency
has been issued against Borrower.

         6.5 NO DEFAULTS. No Event of Default or Unmatured Default exists on the
date of this Agreement, nor will any Event of Default or Unmatured Default begin
to exist immediately after the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

         6.6  COMPLIANCE  WITH LAWS.  Borrower has not  violated any  applicable
statute,  regulation  or  ordinance  of the  United  States of America or of any
state, municipality or any other subdivision, jurisdiction or agency thereof, in
any  respect  materially  adversely  affecting  Borrower's  property,  assets or
condition, financial or otherwise.

         6.7 USE OF EXEMPT LOAN PROCEEDS.  The proceeds of the Exempt Loan shall
be used solely to acquire 300,000 shares of Common Stock from Bernard Trager and
Bankers Insurance Agency, Inc.

                              SECTION 7 - COVENANTS

                  Borrower  covenants  and agrees  that  during the term of this
Agreement, it shall comply with all of the following provisions:

         7.1      TAXES AND OTHER PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS.

                  (a) Borrower shall pay and discharge,  or cause to be paid and
discharged,  before  any of them  become  delinquent,  all  taxes,  assessments,
governmental charges,  levies, and claims which if unpaid might become a lien or
charge  upon  any of the  Borrower's  property,  and  all  of its  other  debts,
obligations and liabilities as due and payable.

                                        5

<PAGE>  67




                  (b)  Borrower  may refrain  from paying any amount it would be
required to pay pursuant to this  section if the  validity or amount  thereof is
being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings timely instituted which
shall  operate  to prevent  the  collection  or  enforcement  of the  obligation
contested,  provided that, if requested by the Lender in writing, Borrower shall
set aside on its books and records appropriate  reserves with respect to actions
against Borrower.

         7.2 FINANCIAL  RECORDS.  Borrower  shall maintain  standard  systems of
accounting  in which true and complete  entries shall be made of all dealings or
transactions  in  relation  to its  business  and  affairs  in  accordance  with
generally  accepted  accounting  principles  applied on a basis  consistent with
prior years and, without limitation,  making appropriate  accruals for estimated
contingent losses and liabilities.

         7.3  EXISTENCE.  Borrower  shall  preserve  its  existence as an exempt
organization  under section 501(a) of the Code that is part of the ESOP and that
is a  qualified  employee  stock  ownership  trust  under  sections  401(a)  and
4975(e)(7) of the Code.

         7.4 NOTICE REQUIREMENTS. Borrower shall notify the Lender in writing of
the occurrence of any of the following:

                  (a) Any Event of Default or Unmatured Default.

                  (b) All events of  default  or any event that would  become an
event of default  upon notice or lapse of time or both under any of the terms or
provisions of any note, or of any other evidence of indebtedness or agreement or
contract governing the borrowing of money, of Borrower.

                  (c) Levy of an attachment,  execution or other process against
any of the property or assets of Borrower.

                  (d) Within 30 days after  Borrower knows or has reason to know
that (1) a "prohibited  transaction" with respect to the ESOP has occurred,  (2)
the ESOP has been  disqualified  for  federal  income tax  purposes,  or (3) any
litigation  regarding the ESOP is threatened  or  instituted,  the Trustee shall
provide  to the  Lender  a  written  statement  setting  forth  details  of such
prohibited  transaction,  disqualification or litigation and the action being or
proposed to be taken with respect thereto,  together with copies of any notices,
applications  or forms  submitted to the Internal  Revenue Service or the United
States Department of Labor, and copies of any notices or correspondence received
from the Internal Revenue Service or the United States  Department of Labor, and
copies of any pleadings, notices or other documents relating to such litigation.

         7.5 COMPLIANCE WITH LAW. Borrower shall comply in all material respects
with all valid and  applicable  statutes,  rules and  regulations  of the United
States of America, of the states thereof and their counties,  municipalities and
other  subdivisions  and  of  any  other  jurisdiction  applicable  to  Borrower
including,  without limitation, all applicable federal, state and local laws and
regulations

                                        6

<PAGE>  68



the  noncompliance  with  which  would  have a  material  adverse  effect on the
Borrower or its ability to perform its obligations hereunder.

         7.6 LIENS. Except for liens permitted in this Agreement, Borrower shall
not (a)  create  or incur  any  encumbrance,  mortgage,  pledge,  lien,  charge,
restriction  or  other  security  interest  of any kind  upon any of  Borrower's
property or assets of any  character,  whether owned or held on the date of this
Agreement or acquired  thereafter,  or upon the income or profits therefrom,  or
(b) transfer any such property or assets or the income or profits  therefrom for
the purpose of subjecting the same to payment of  indebtedness or performance of
any other obligation.

                         SECTION 8 - DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

         8.1 EVENTS OF DEFAULT. Each of the following shall constitute an "Event
of Default" under this Agreement:

                  (a)   FAILURE TO PAY.   If Borrower fails to pay in full when
due any installment of principal or interest on the Note.

                  (b)   NOTICE.  If Borrower fails to observe, perform or comply
with any term,  obligation,  covenant,  agreement,  condition or other provision
contained or referred to in this Agreement,  and such failure or event shall not
have been fully  corrected  within 30 days  after the  Lender has given  written
notice thereof to Borrower.

                  (c)   FALSITY   OF   REPRESENTATION   OR   WARRANTY.   If  any
representation  or  warranty  or  other  statement  of  fact  contained  in this
Agreement or any other Loan Document or in any writing,  certificate,  report or
statement at any time  furnished to the Lender by or on behalf of Borrower shall
be false or  misleading in any material  respect or shall omit a material  fact,
whether or not made with knowledge.

                  (d)   SOLVENCY.

                           (1)  If Borrower, (A) admits in writing its inability
to pay its debts generally as they become due, (B) becomes insolvent in that its
total assets are in the aggregate  worth less than all of its  liabilities or it
is unable to pay its debts  generally  as they become  due,  (C) makes a general
assignment  for the  benefit of  creditors,  (D) files a petition  or admits (by
answer,  default or otherwise)  the material  allegations  of any petition filed
against it, in bankruptcy under the Federal bankruptcy laws (as in effect on the
date of this  Agreement or as they may be amended  from time to time),  or under
any other law for the relief of debtors,  or for the  discharge,  arrangement or
compromise  of its debts,  or (E)  consents  to the  appointment  of a receiver,
conservator, trustee or liquidator of all or part of its assets.

                                        7

<PAGE>  69

                           (2) If a  petition  shall  have  been  filed  against
Borrower in proceedings  under the federal  bankruptcy laws (as in effect on the
date of this  Agreement or as they may be amended  from time to time),  or under
any other laws for the relief of debtors,  or for the discharge,  arrangement or
compromise  of its  liabilities,  or an order  shall be  entered by any court of
competent jurisdiction appointing a receiver, conservator, trustee or liquidator
of all or part of the assets of any of them,  and such  petition or order is not
dismissed or stayed within 60 consecutive days after entry thereof.

                  (e)   TERMINATION OF ESOP.   If  the  Borrower  shall cease to
exist as an exempt  organization under section 501(a) of the Code or if the ESOP
shall cease to qualify as an employee stock ownership plan under section  401(a)
or section 4975(e)(7) of the Code.

         8.2 REMEDIES UPON DEFAULT. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default,
and at any time  thereafter,  the Lender shall have all of the following  rights
and remedies  (except as limited by Section 8.3) and it may exercise one or more
of them singly or in conjunction with others:

                  (a)   ENFORCEMENT OF RIGHTS.  The Lender shall have all of its
rights under this Agreement,  the Stock Pledge  Agreement and the ESOP Note, and
the right to proceed to protect and enforce its rights by suit in equity, action
at law and/or any other appropriate  proceedings either for specific performance
of any  covenant or condition  contained in this  Agreement or in any other Loan
Document, or in aid of the exercise of any power granted in this Agreement or in
any other Loan Document.

                  (b)   RIGHT TO RECOVER EXPENSES.    The  Lender shall have the
right to recover from Borrower to the extent  allowable by applicable  law, such
amounts as shall be  sufficient  to  reimburse  the Lender  fully for all of its
costs and  expenses  incurred in enforcing  its rights and  remedies  under this
Agreement  and any other Loan  Documents,  including,  without  limitation,  the
Lender's reasonable attorneys' fees and court costs.

                  (c)   CUMULATIVE REMEDIES.  All of the rights and remedies  of
the Lender upon the occurrence of an Event of Default shall be cumulative to the
greatest extent permitted by law, may be exercised successively or concurrently,
from time to time,  and shall be in addition to all of those rights and remedies
afforded the Lender at law, in equity,  or in  bankruptcy.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  the Lender  shall be  entitled  to recover  from  Borrower  from the
cumulative exercise of all remedies an amount no greater than the sum of (1) the
outstanding  principal  amount of the Exempt  Loan,  (2) all  accrued but unpaid
interest with respect to the principal  amount of the Exempt Loan, (3) any other
amounts  that  Borrower is required by this  Agreement to pay to the Lender (for
example, and without limitation,  the reimbursement of expenses and legal fees),
and (4) any costs,  expenses or damages which the Lender is otherwise  permitted
to recover by the terms of this  Agreement.  Any exercise of any right or remedy
shall not be deemed to be an election  of that right or remedy to the  exclusion
of any other right or remedy.

                                       8

<PAGE>  70

         8.3  LIMITATIONS  ON  REMEDIES  UPON  DEFAULT.  Any  provision  of this
Agreement,  the ESOP  Note,  the Stock  Pledge  Agreement  or any  provision  or
inference   of  or  from  any  law,   rule  or   regulation   to  the   contrary
notwithstanding,  the obligations of the Borrower described herein and evidenced
by the ESOP Note shall be non-recourse,  and if an Event of Default shall occur,
the holder of the ESOP Note shall have no right to assets of the Borrower  other
than (a) the Pledged Stock, (b) contributions (other than
contributions  of employer  securities as defined in Section 409(1) of the Code)
that are made to the ESOP to meet Borrower's obligations under the ESOP Note and
the  Agreement  (the  "Contributions");  and (c)  earnings  attributable  to the
Pledged Stock and the investment of the Contributions.

                             SECTION 9  - MISCELLANEOUS

         9.1 INDEMNIFICATION BY BORROWER.  To the extent allowable by applicable
law, Borrower shall indemnify and hold the Lender harmless from and against, and
shall pay to the Lender, the full amount of, any loss, claim, damage,  liability
or expense  (including  attorneys'  fees and legal  expenses)  resulting  to the
Lender,  either  directly  or  indirectly,  from (a) any  material  breach of or
inaccuracy in any of the representations and warranties of Borrower contained in
this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or (b) any breach,  nonfulfillment or
default in the  performance  of any of the covenants and  agreements of Borrower
contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

         9.2 FEES AND  EXPENSES.  To the extent  allowable  by  applicable  law,
Borrower shall pay to the Lender upon demand all out-of-pocket expenses incurred
by the Lender in connection  with the collection  and  enforcement of the Exempt
Loan,  including,  but not limited to, the Lender's reasonable  attorneys' fees,
and any and all  reasonable  costs  and fees  incurred  in  connection  with the
recording  or filing of any  documents  or  instruments  in any  public  office,
pursuant to or as a consequence of this Agreement,  or to perfect or protect any
security for the Exempt Loan.

         9.3 TERM OF AGREEMENT.  The term of this Agreement shall commence as of
the date hereof,  and continue until the first date when the Exempt Loan and all
accrued but unpaid  interest  thereon shall have been paid in full, and Borrower
shall have paid or performed all other obligations hereunder and under the other
Loan Documents.

         9.4 ESOP RULES.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement,
the  following  rules shall apply to the Exempt Loan:  (1) The loan must provide
for annual  payment of principal  and interest at a cumulative  rate that is not
less rapid at any time than level annual  payments of such amounts for 10 years.
(2) Interest  included in any payment is disregarded  only to the extent that it
would be determined to be interest under standard loan amortization  tables. (3)
The Exempt Loan shall not be renewed,  extended, or refinanced if the sum of the
expired duration of the Exempt Loan, the renewal period,  the extension  period,
and the duration of a new exempt loan would exceed ten years.

                                        9

<PAGE>  71


         9.5 NO WAIVERS. Any failure or delay by the Lender in exercising any of
its rights  with  respect to this  Agreement,  any other  Loan  Document  or the
transactions  contemplated  thereby  shall not be deemed to be or  operate  as a
waiver  of that  right,  nor shall any  right be  exclusive  of any other  right
referred to in this Agreement, or in any other Loan Document or available at law
or in equity,  by statute or  otherwise.  Any single or partial  exercise of any
right shall not preclude the further exercise of that right.  Every right of the
Lender shall continue in full force and effect until such right is  specifically
waived in a writing signed by the Lender seeking to waive such right.

         9.6  COURSE OF  DEALING.  No course of dealing  between  the Lender and
Borrower shall operate as a waiver of any of the Lender's rights with respect to
this  Agreement,  any  other  Loan  Document  or the  transactions  contemplated
thereby.

         9.7  WAIVERS  BY  BORROWER.  Borrower  hereby  waives,  to  the  extent
permitted by applicable  law, (a) all  presentments,  demands for  performances,
notices of nonperformance  (except to the extent  specifically  required by this
Agreement),  protests,  notices of protest and notices of dishonor in connection
with the ESOP Note,  (b) any  requirement of diligence or promptness on the part
of the Lender in  enforcement  of its rights  under this  Agreement or any other
Loan  Document,  and (c) any  requirement  of  marshaling  assets or  proceeding
against Persons or assets in any particular order.

         9.8 SEVERABILITY. If any provision of this Agreement or its application
shall be  unenforceable,  the rights and  obligations  of the  parties  shall be
construed and enforced with that provision  limited so as to make it enforceable
to the greatest extent allowed by law, or, if it is totally  unenforceable as if
this Agreement did not contain that particular provision.

         9.9  TIME  OF  THE  ESSENCE.  Time  shall  be of  the  essence  in  the
performance of all of Borrower's  obligations under this Agreement and the other
Loan Documents.

         9.10  BENEFIT AND BINDING  EFFECT.  This  Agreement  shall inure to the
benefit of, and be binding  upon  Borrower,  its  respective  heirs,  executors,
successors and assigns and any Person claiming by, through or under any of them.
Notwithstanding  the next  preceding  sentence,  the Lender shall,  and Borrower
shall not,  have the right to assign any of its  benefits or  obligations  under
this Agreement.  Any attempted  assignment by Borrower shall constitute an Event
of Default under this Agreement and shall be null and void.

         9.11 FURTHER ASSURANCES.  Borrower shall sign such financing statements
or other documents or instruments as the Lender may request from time to time to
more fully  create,  perfect,  continue,  maintain or  terminate  the rights and
security  interests intended to be granted or created pursuant to this Agreement
or any other Loan Document.

         9.12 ENTIRE  AGREEMENT;  NO ORAL  MODIFICATIONS.  This  Agreement,  any
schedules and annexes hereto, and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire
agreement  of the  parties  with  respect  to the  subject  matter  hereof,  and
supersede all prior  understandings  with respect to the subject  matter of this

                                       10

<PAGE>  72


Agreement. No change, modification, addition or termination of this Agreement or
any other Loan Document shall be enforceable unless in writing and signed by the
party against whom enforcement is sought.

         9.13  HEADINGS.  The headings  used in this  Agreement are included for
ease of reference  only and shall not be  considered  in the  interpretation  or
construction of this Agreement.


         9.14  CONSTRUCTION.

                  (a) This  Agreement  and the  other  Loan  Documents  shall be
governed  and  construed  in  accordance  with the laws of the  Commonwealth  of
Kentucky except to the extent preempted by Federal law.

                  (b) The Lender  and the  Borrower  intend  that (1) the Exempt
Loan  shall  qualify  as an "exempt  loan" as  defined  in Treas.  Reg.  Section
54.4975-7(b)(1)(iii);  and (2) the  Borrower  shall  meet  the  requirements  of
Section   4975(e)(7)   of  the  Code  and  Section   407(d)(6)  of  ERISA;   and
notwithstanding  any provision of this Agreement,  the applicable  provisions of
the Code and ERISA, and the regulations thereunder, shall be deemed incorporated
in this Agreement to the extent necessary to carry out that intent.

                  (c) No provision of this Agreement  shall be construed to have
a meaning that results in, or if the provision is  unambiguous,  it shall not be
enforced to the extent it would  result in (1) the failure of the Exempt Loan to
qualify   as  an   "exempt   loan"   as   defined   in   Treas.   Reg.   Section
54.4975-7(b)(1)(iii); or (2) failure of the Borrower to meet the requirements of
Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code and Section 407(d)(6) of ERISA.

         9.15  MULTIPLE  COUNTERPARTS.  This  Agreement  may be  executed in any
number of  counterparts,  each of which so executed shall be deemed an original,
and such  counterparts  together shall constitute but one and the same contract,
which shall be sufficiently evidenced by any such original counterpart.

         9.16  NOTICES.

                  A.   REASONABLE   NOTICE.   Any  requirement  of  the  Uniform
Commercial  Code or other  applicable  law of reasonable  notice shall be met if
such  notice is given at least 10 days before the time of sale,  disposition  or
other event or thing giving rise to the requirement of notice.

                  B.  ADDRESSES.   All  notices  or  communications  under  this
Agreement  shall  be in  writing  (except  as  provided  by  Section  8 of  this
Agreement) and mailed or delivered to the parties at the addresses  given in the
preamble to this Agreement or to such other addresses of which a party has given
the other parties written notice.  Any notice or  communication so addressed and
(1) mailed to such address by registered mail, return receipt requested, postage
prepaid,  shall be deemed to have been given when mailed or (2)  delivered  to a
small  package  air  courier  offering  service to the  address

                                       11

<PAGE>  73


of the intended  recipient and the shipping prepaid shall be deemed to have been
given when delivered to such courier.

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Lender and Borrower have executed this
Agreement on January 29, 1999.


                                     REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC.

                                     By /S/ MARK A. VOGT

                                     Title:   S.V.P.
                                                ("Lender")




                                     REPUBLIC  BANCORP, INC. EMPLOYEE STOCK
                                     OWNERSHIP TRUST, by Republic Bank & Trust
                                     Company, solely in its capacity as Trustee

                                     By       /S/ E. WILLIAM PETTER        

                                     Title:      Executive Vice President     
                                                      ("Borrower")












                                       12



<PAGE>  74

                                                            EXHIBIT 99.3

                              ESOP PROMISSORY NOTE


$3,873,000.00                                                  January 29, 1999
                                                           Louisville, Kentucky


         For value received,  REPUBLIC  BANCORP,  INC.  EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP
TRUST (the "Borrower"),  promises to pay to the order of REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC.,
601 West Market Street,  Louisville,  Kentucky (the "Lender"), the principal sum
of Three Million Eight Hundred Seventy-three  Thousand Dollars  ($3,873,000.00),
or so much  thereof  as may be  outstanding  hereunder  from  time to time  (the
"Exempt Loan"),  plus interest on the principal balance outstanding from time to
time at the annual rate of 7.25 percent from the date of this Note,  as follows:
(a) Payments shall be in 119  consecutive  monthly  installments,  (b) the first
installment  in the amount of  $48,069.95  shall be due and  payable on March 1,
1999,  and (c) the remaining  installments  of $45,730.01  each shall be due and
payable on the first day of each  subsequent  month  until the entire  principal
balance of, and all accrued but unpaid  interest  on, this Note has been paid in
full. All payments shall be applied first to the accrued but unpaid  interest on
the Exempt  Loan and then to reduce  the  outstanding  principal  balance of the
Exempt  Loan.  On  January  1,  2009,  Borrower  shall pay to Lender  the entire
outstanding principal balance of, and all accrued interest on, the Exempt Loan.

         This Note is issued  pursuant  to an ESOP Loan  Agreement  of even date
herewith (the "ESOP Loan Agreement"), between the Lender and the Borrower.

         The  occurrence  of an Event of  Default  (as  defined in the ESOP Loan
Agreement) shall be a default under this Note. Upon any default under this Note,
the  holder of this Note shall  have all of the  remedies  set forth in the ESOP
Loan Agreement.

         All or any part of the outstanding  principal  balance of this Note may
be prepaid at any time  without  penalty or premium.  All  prepayments  shall be
applied in accordance with the terms of the ESOP Loan Agreement.

         Failure  of the holder of this Note to  exercise  any of its rights and
remedies  shall not constitute a waiver of any provisions of this Note or of the
ESOP Loan  Agreement  or the other Loan  Documents,  or of any of such  holder's
rights and remedies,  nor shall it prevent the holder from exercising any rights
or remedies  with  respect to the  subsequent  happening  of the same or similar
occurrences.  All  remedies  of the holder  hereof  shall be  cumulative  to the
greatest  extent  permitted by law.  Time shall be of the essence for payment of
all payments of interest and principal on this Note.

         This Note has been delivered in, and shall be governed by and construed
in accordance with, the laws (including,  without  limitation,  the conflicts of
laws rules) of the Commonwealth of Kentucky,  except to the extent pre-empted by
federal law.



<PAGE>  75


         If there is any default under this Note, and this Note is placed in the
hands  of an  attorney  for  collection,  or is  collected  through  any  court,
including any bankruptcy court, the Borrower promises to pay to the order of the
holder hereof such holder's reasonable  attorneys' fees and court costs incurred
in  collecting or attempting to collect or securing or attempting to secure this
Note or enforcing the holder's  rights with respect to any  collateral  securing
this Note, to the extent allowed by federal law and the laws of the Commonwealth
of Kentucky or any state in which any collateral for this Note is situated.

         All parties to this instrument,  whether makers, sureties,  guarantors,
endorsers,  accommodation  parties or otherwise,  shall be jointly and severally
bound, and jointly and severally waive presentment,  demand, notice of dishonor,
protest,  notice of protest, notice of nonpayment or nonacceptance and any other
notice and all due  diligence or  promptness  that may  otherwise be required by
law, and all exemptions to which they may now or hereafter be entitled under the
laws of the  Commonwealth  of Kentucky,  of the United  States of America or any
state thereof.  The holder of this instrument may, with or without affecting the
obligations of any maker, surety,  guarantor,  endorser,  accommodation party or
any other party to this Note (1) extend the time for payment of either principal
or interest  from time to time,  (2) release or discharge  any one or more party
who is liable in this Note,  (3)  suspend  the right to  enforce  this Note with
respect to any  persons,  (4) change,  exchange or release any property in which
the Lender has any interest  securing this Note,  (5)  justifiably or otherwise,
impair any collateral securing this Note or suspend the right to enforce against
any such collateral,  and (6) at any time it deems it necessary or proper,  call
for and  should  it be made  available,  accept,  as  additional  security,  the
signature or signatures of additional parties or a security interest in property
of any kind or description or both.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Borrower has executed this Note on January 29,
1999.



                                   REPUBLIC  BANCORP, INC. EMPLOYEE STOCK
                                   OWNERSHIP TRUST, by Republic Bank & Trust
                                   Company, solely in its capacity as Trustee

                                   By       /S/ E. WILLIAM PETTER         

                                   Title:    Executive Vice President      


                                        2



<PAGE>  76

                                                            EXHIBIT 99.4

                             STOCK PLEDGE AGREEMENT


         This is a Stock Pledge Agreement  ("Agreement") dated as of January 29,
1999 between  Republic Bank & Trust Company  Employee Stock  Ownership Plan (the
"Pledgor"),  and Republic Bancorp,  Inc., of Louisville,  Kentucky (the "Secured
Party").

                                    RECITALS

         A. The  Pledgor is an employee  stock  ownership  trust  under  section
4975(e)(7)  of the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as (the  "Code") and under
Section  407(d)(6) of the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974, as
("ERISA").

         B. This  Agreement is entered into pursuant to a Plan Loan Agreement of
even date herewith (the "Plan Loan Agreement") between the Secured Party and the
Pledgor,  pursuant to which the Secured  Party has agreed to make a term loan to
the Pledgor in an amount equal to  $3,873,000  (the "Exempt  Loan").  The Exempt
Loan is  intended  to be an  "exempt  loan" as defined  in Treas.  Reg.  Section
54.4975-7(b)(1)(iii). The Pledgor intends to use the proceeds of the Exempt Loan
to purchase 300,000 shares of the Class A Common Stock of Republic Bancorp, Inc.

         C. The Pledgor  desires to enter into this Stock  Pledge  Agreement  in
order to secure the payment and  performance of its  obligations  under the ESOP
Loan Agreement and the ESOP Note. The terms used in this Stock Pledge  Agreement
and not otherwise  defined  shall have the meanings  given them in the ESOP Loan
Agreement.



                                    AGREEMENT


         1.       DEFINITIONS. As used in this  Stock Pledge Agreement:

                  (a) "Default"  shall have the meaning given it in paragraph 10
of this Agreement.

                  (b) "Plan"  shall  mean  the  Republic  Bancorp, Inc. Employee
Stock Ownership Plan.

                  (c) "ESOP Note" shall mean that certain ESOP  Promissory  Note
of even date herewith, made by the Pledgor,  payable to the order of the Secured
Party  and in the  principal  amount  of  $3,873,000,  or any note  executed  or
delivered in renewal, replacement,  extension, payment, substitution or novation
of such note.

                  (d)  "Pledged  Stock"  shall  mean  shares of the  issued  and
outstanding  Class A common stock of Republic  Bancorp.  Inc.,  purchased by the
Pledgor with the proceeds of the Exempt Loan.


<PAGE>  77




                  (e) "Secured  Obligations" shall mean the obligations  secured
by this Stock Pledge Agreement, as described in paragraph 3 of this Stock Pledge
Agreement.

                  (f)   "Uniform   Commercial   Code"  shall  mean  the  Uniform
Commercial Code as in effect in the Commonwealth of Kentucky.

         2.       GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST.

                  (a) The Pledgor  grants the Secured Party a security  interest
in and pledges to the Secured Party the following:

                           (1)  the Pledged Stock;

                           (2)  Contributions   (other  than   contributions  of
         employer securities, as defined in Section 409(1) of the Code) that are
         made to the Pledgor to meet its obligations under the Exempt Loan; and

                           (3)  Earnings  attributable  to the property referred
         to in subparagraphs (1) and (2) above.

                  (b) To the extent permitted under Treasury Reg. 54.497-7(b)(5)
and subject to paragraphs  11(c) and 14 below, the Pledgor further grants to the
Secured  Party a security  interest in the stock  rights,  rights to  subscribe,
liquidating dividends, stock dividends,  dividends paid in stock, new securities
or any other property to which the Pledgor is or may hereafter  become  entitled
to receive on account of the Pledged Stock. If the Pledgor  receives  additional
property of such  nature,  it shall  immediately  deliver  such  property to the
Secured  Party to be held by the Secured Party in the same manner as the Pledged
Stock.

                  (c) The Pledged Stock and all of the property delivered to the
Secured  Party  pursuant  to this  Section  2 is  sometimes  referred  to as the
"Collateral."   To  the   extent   permitted   under   Treasury   Reg.   Section
54.497-7(b)(5), and subject to paragraphs 11(c) and 14 below, the Pledgor grants
to the  Secured  Party a  further  security  interest  in  accordance  with this
Agreement  in the proceeds or products of any sale or other  disposition  of the
Collateral. 

                  (d) The  Exempt   Loan  shall be  without recourse against the
Pledgor,  and no person entitled to payment under the Exempt Loan shall have any
right to assets of the Pledgor other than the Collateral.

                  (e) The term "Collateral"  shall not include any of the shares
or earnings  attributable  to such shares  that have been  released  pursuant to
paragraph 8 below.

         3. OBLIGATIONS  SECURED.  The security  interest created hereby secures
payment and performance of (a) the indebtedness  evidenced by the ESOP Note, and
all obligations contained in

                                        2

<PAGE>  78



the  ESOP  Note,  (b)  all  of  the   obligations,   agreement,   covenants  and
representations  of the  Pledgor  to the  Secured  Party  under  the  ESOP  Loan
Agreement  whether or not, either on the date of this Stock Pledge  Agreement or
thereafter,  evidenced by any note, instrument or other writing, and (c) any and
all  indebtedness,  obligation or liability of the Pledgor to the Secured Party,
however  evidenced,  whether existing on the date of this Stock Pledge Agreement
or arising thereafter,  direct or indirect, absolute or contingent,  arising out
of or in  connection  with the ESOP Loan  Agreement.  The  payments  made by the
Pledgor  with  respect  to the Exempt  Loan  during a Plan Year (as such term is
defined  in the  Plan)  shall  not  exceed  an  amount  equal to the sum of such
contributions  and earnings  received during or prior to the Plan Year less such
payments in prior Plan Years.

         4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. To induce the Secured Party to enter
into this Stock Pledge Agreement, all of the representations and warranties made
by the Pledgor in the ESOP Loan Agreement are incorporated  herein by reference,
and the Pledgor further represents and warrants as follows:

                  (a) The  Pledgor has the full right,  power and  authority  to
enter into,  execute,  deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement.
This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Pledgor and, assuming
due  execution  and  delivery  of this  Agreement  by the  Secured  Party,  this
Agreement  constitutes the legal,  valid and binding  obligation of the Pledgor,
enforceable  against it in accordance with its terms,  except as the same may be
limited by bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization  or other laws affecting the
enforcement  of  creditors'  rights  generally  now or hereafter in effect,  and
subject to the availability of equitable remedies.

                  (b) Upon its acquisition of the Collateral,  the Pledgor shall
have good and marketable  title to the Collateral,  and the Collateral shall not
be subject to any lien, charge, pledge, encumbrance,  claim or security interest
other than the security interest created by this Stock Pledge Agreement.

                  (c) Except for this  Agreement,  the  Pledgor  shall not enter
into any stock restriction or purchase  agreement with respect to the Collateral
which  would in any way  restrict  the  sale,  pledge or other  transfer  of the
Collateral or of any interest in or to the Collateral.

                  (d) The  Pledged  Stock  constitutes  100 percent of the stock
purchased with the proceeds of the Exempt Loan.

         5. DURATION OF SECURITY INTEREST. The Secured Party, its successors and
assigns, shall hold the Collateral and security interest created hereby upon the
terms of this Stock Pledge Agreement,  and this security interest shall continue
until the Secured Obligations have been paid in full.

         6.  MAINTAINING   FREEDOM  FROM  LIENS.  The  Pledgor  shall  keep  the
Collateral free and clear of liens and shall pay all amounts,  including  taxes,
assessments  or charges,  which might result in a lien against the Collateral if
left unpaid unless the Pledgor at its own expense is  contesting  such amount in
good faith by an appropriate proceeding timely instituted which shall operate to
prevent

                                        3

<PAGE>  79



the  collection  or  satisfaction  of the lien or  amount so  contested.  If the
Pledgor fails to pay such amounts and is not  contesting  the validity or amount
thereof in accordance with the next preceding  sentence,  the Secured Party may,
but is not obligated to, pay such amounts,  and such payment shall be conclusive
evidence of the  legality  or  validity  thereof.  The  Pledgor  shall  promptly
reimburse the Secured Party for any such payments, and until reimbursement, such
payments shall be a part of the Secured Obligations.

         7.       CERTAIN RIGHTS AND REQUIREMENTS RESPECTING COLLATERAL.

                  (a)  The  Pledgor  shall  continue  to be  the  owner  of  the
Collateral so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing  and may collect
and  retain  all  dividends  now or  hereafter  payable  on or on account of the
Pledged Stock, and, so long as no Default has occurred,  may exercise its voting
rights with  respect to the Pledged  Stock in  accordance  with the terms of the
Plan.

                  (b) The Pledgor shall not sell, transfer or attempt to sell or
transfer the Collateral,  or any part thereof or interest  therein,  without the
prior  express  written  consent of the Secured  Party.  Any such consent of the
Secured  Party shall not  constitute  the  release by the  Secured  Party of its
interest in the  Collateral,  and any such sale or transfer  consented  to shall
transfer the Collateral subject to the security interest of the Secured Party.

                  (c)  Notwithstanding  any other  provision of the Stock Pledge
Agreement, the following rules shall apply to the Exempt Loan: (1) The loan must
provide for annual  payment of principal and interest at a cumulative  rate that
is not less rapid at any time than level annual  payments of such amounts for 10
years.  (2) Interest  included in any payment is disregarded  only to the extent
that it would be determined  to be interest  under  standard  loan  amortization
tables. (3) The Exempt Loan shall not be renewed, extended, or refinanced if the
sum of the  expired  duration  of the  Exempt  Loan,  the  renewal  period,  the
extension period, and the duration of a new exempt loan would exceed 10 years.

         8.       RELEASE OF SECURITY.

                  (a)  As  used  in this  paragraph,  the term "Plan Year" shall
have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

                  (b)  Within  90 days  after  the end of each  Plan  Year,  the
Trustee of the Pledgor shall  calculate the number of shares of Pledged Stock to
be released from the Secured Party's security interest (the "Released Shares").

                  (c)  In  accordance  with  Treas. Reg. Section 54.4975-7(b)(8)
(ii),  for each Plan Year  during  the term of the  Exempt  Loan,  the number of
Released  Shares  shall  equal  the  number  of shares  of  Pledged  Stock  held
immediately  before release for the current Plan Year  multiplied by a fraction.
The numerator of the fraction  shall be the amount of principal paid on the Plan
Note for the Plan Year. The  denominator of the fraction shall be the sum of the
numerator plus the principal to be paid

                                        4

<PAGE>  80



on the Plan Note for all  future  years.  The  number of future  years  shall be
determined  without  taking into  account  any  possible  extensions  or renewal
periods.

                  (d) Within 10 days after  calculating  the number of  Released
Shares,  the Trustee  shall  notify the Secured  Party of the number of Released
Shares and shall deliver to the Secured Party a duly executed  blank stock power
with respect to the number of shares of Pledged Stock in which the Secured Party
will still have a security interest after the release of the Released Shares.

                  (e) Within 20 days after receipt of the notice and stock power
from  the  Trustee,  the  Secured  Party  shall,  against  delivery  of the  new
certificate  referred to in subparagraph  (f) below,  deliver to the Trustee (1)
the  certificate  representing  the Pledged  Stock (which  includes the Released
Shares), (2) the blank stock power in its possession with respect to the Pledged
Stock (which  includes the Released  Shares),  and (3) a duly  executed  release
which releases the Released Shares as collateral.

                  (f) Against  delivery by the  Secured  Party of the  documents
referred to in paragraph  (e), the Trustee  shall deliver to the Secured Party a
new stock certificate evidencing the shares of Pledged Stock which have not been
released as collateral.

         9.  DELIVERY  OF  CERTIFICATES  AND  STOCK  POWERS.  The  Pledgor  has,
contemporaneously  with the execution of this Stock Pledge Agreement,  delivered
to the Secured Party the Pledged Stock and an executed blank stock power for the
Pledged Stock.

         10. DEFAULT.  At the option of the Secured Party,  the occurrence of an
Event of  Default  (as such term is defined  in the ESOP Loan  Agreement)  under
paragraph 8.01 of the ESOP Loan Agreement, shall constitute a default under this
Stock Pledge Agreement (a "Default").

         11. REMEDIES.

                  (a) Subject to the  limitations of paragraphs  11(c) and 14 of
this Stock Pledge  Agreement,  upon any Default,  the Secured Party may exercise
its rights under this Stock Pledge Agreement, and, in addition to exercising all
other rights and remedies,  proceed to exercise  with respect to the  Collateral
all rights, options and remedies of a secured party upon default as provided for
under the Uniform Commercial Code.

                  (b) Subject to the  limitations of paragraphs  11(c) and 14 of
this Stock Pledge  Agreement,  the rights of the Secured  Party upon any Default
shall include, without limitation, the following:

                           (i) The  right  to the  immediate  possession  of the
         Collateral (except the Released Shares) not then in the Secured Party's
         possession  without  requirement  of  notice  or demand or of any legal
         process.


                                        5

<PAGE>  81



                           (ii)  The  right  to  proceed  by  appropriate  legal
         process  at law or in equity to  enforce  any  provision  of this Stock
         Pledge  Agreement or in aid of the  execution of any power of sale,  or
         for  foreclosure of the security  interest of the Secured Party, or for
         the sale of the Collateral under the judgment or decree of any court.

                  (c)   Notwithstanding  any  provision  of  this  Stock  Pledge
Agreement to the contrary, in the event of a Default, the value of the assets of
the Pledgor paid to the Secured Party in  satisfaction  of the Exempt Loan shall
not exceed the amount of the then current  installment  of principal and accrued
interest on the Exempt Loan then in default.

         12. EXERCISE OF REMEDIES.  The rights and remedies of the Secured Party
shall be deemed to be cumulative,  and any exercise of any right or remedy shall
not be deemed to be an election of that right or remedy to the  exclusion of any
other right or remedy. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Secured Party shall be
entitled to recover from the Pledgor by the cumulative  exercise of all remedies
no more than the sum of (a) the outstanding principal amount of the Exempt Loan,
(b) all accrued but unpaid interest with respect to the principal  amount of the
Exempt Loan and (c) the costs,  fees and expenses the Secured Party is otherwise
entitled to recover under the Plan Loan Agreement.

         13. RETURN OF PLEDGED STOCK.  The Secured Party may at any time deliver
the Pledged  Stock,  or any part  thereof,  to the  Pledgor.  The receipt by the
Pledgor of the Pledged Stock, or any part thereof,  shall be a complete and full
discharge of the Secured Party,  and the Secured Party shall be discharged  from
any liability or responsibility with respect thereto.

         14. INTERPRETATION AND LIMITATIONS.

                  (a) The  Pledgor  and the  Secured  Party  intend that (1) the
Exempt Loan shall qualify as an "exempt loan" as defined in Treas.  Reg. Section
54.4975-7(b)(1)(iii); and (2) the Pledgor shall meet the requirements of Section
4975(e)(7) of the Code and Section 407(d)(6) of ERISA; and  notwithstanding  any
provision of this Stock Pledge Agreement,  the applicable provisions of the Code
and ERISA, and the regulations thereunder,  shall be deemed incorporated in this
Stock Pledge Agreement to the extent necessary to carry out that intent.

                  (b) No  provision  of this  Stock  Pledge  Agreement  shall be
construed to have a meaning that results in, or if the provision is unambiguous,
it shall not be enforced to the extent it would result in (1) the failure of the
ESOP Loan to  qualify as an "exempt  loan" as  defined  in Treas.  Reg.  Section
54.4975-7(b)(1)(iii);  or (2) failure of the Pledgor to meet the requirements of
Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code and Section 407(d)(6) of ERISA.



                                        6

<PAGE>  82




         15. NOTICE.

                  (a)  Any  requirement  of  the  Uniform   Commercial  Code  of
reasonable  notice  shall be met if such notice is given at least 10 days before
the  time of sale,  disposition  or other  event  or  thing  giving  rise to the
requirement of notice.

                  (b) All  notices or  communications  under  this Stock  Pledge
Agreement  shall be in writing and shall be given in accordance  with, and shall
be subject to, Section 10.15 of the ESOP Loan Agreement.

         16. FURTHER ASSURANCES. The Pledgor shall sign any such other documents
or instruments, and take such other actions, as the Secured Party may reasonably
request to more fully create and maintain,  or to verify,  ratify or perfect the
security interest intended to be created in this Stock Pledge Agreement.

         17. MISCELLANEOUS.

                  (a) Failure by the Secured  Party to exercise  any right shall
not be deemed a waiver of that right,  and any single or partial exercise of any
right shall not preclude the further exercise of that right.  Every right of the
Secured  Party  shall  continue  in full  force and  effect  until such right is
specifically waived in a writing signed by the Secured Party.

                  (b) If any  part,  term  or  provision  of this  Stock  Pledge
Agreement is held by any court to be  prohibited  by any law  applicable to this
Stock  Pledge  Agreement,  the rights and  obligations  of the parties  shall be
construed and enforced to the greatest  extent  allowed by law, or if such part,
term or provision is totally  unenforceable,  as if this Stock Pledge  Agreement
did not contain that particular part, term or provision.

                  (c) The  headings  in this Stock  Pledge  Agreement  have been
included  for  ease of  reference  only,  and  shall  not be  considered  in the
construction or interpretation of this Stock Pledge Agreement.

                  (d) This Stock Pledge  Agreement shall inure to the benefit of
the Secured  Party,  its  successors  and assigns,  and all  obligations  of the
Pledgor shall bind its successors and assigns.

                  (e) To the extent allowed under the Uniform  Commercial  Code,
this Stock Pledge  Agreement  shall in all respects be governed by and construed
in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Kentucky.

                  (f) If any term,  condition  or provision of this Stock Pledge
Agreement conflicts in any way with any term, condition or provision of the ESOP
Loan Agreement,  the term, condition or provision of this Stock Pledge Agreement
shall govern.


                                        7

<PAGE>  83


                  (g)  This  Stock  Pledge  Agreement   constitutes  the  entire
agreement  of  the  parties  with  respect  to the  subject  matter  hereof  and
supersedes all prior  understandings  with respect to the subject matter hereof.
No change, modification,  addition or termination of this Stock Pledge Agreement
shall be  unenforceable  unless in writing and signed by the party  against whom
enforcement is sought.

                  (h) This Stock Pledge  Agreement may be executed in any number
of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed an original, and such
counterparts  together  shall be  sufficiently  evidenced  by any such  original
counterpart.


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Pledgor and the Secured Party have signed this
Stock Pledge Agreement on January 29, 1999.




                                   REPUBLIC  BANCORP, INC. EMPLOYEE STOCK
                                   OWNERSHIP TRUST, by Republic Bank & Trust
                                   Company, solely in its capacity as Trustee

                                   By        /S/ E. WILLIAM PETTER        

                                   Title:       Executive Vice President       
                                                      ("Pledgor")



                                   REPUBLIC BANCORP, INC.

                                   By        /S/ MARK A. VOGT     

                                   Title:        Senior Vice President      
                                                    ("Secured Party")




































                                        8


<PAGE>  84


                                                          EXHIBIT 99.5
             -----------------------------------------------------



                                  AGREEMENT OF

                               LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

                                     FOR THE

                      JAYTEE PROPERTIES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

             -----------------------------------------------------




<PAGE>  85



                      JAYTEE PROPERTIES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>   <C>                                                             <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>                <C>

ARTICLE                                                                                                        PAGE

1.    ESTABLISHMENT OF PARTNERSHIP................................................................................1
         1.1      Formation and Controlling Law...................................................................1
         1.2      Name............................................................................................2
         1.3      Purposes........................................................................................2
         1.4      Powers..........................................................................................2
         1.5      Principal Place of Business.....................................................................2
         1.6      Term............................................................................................2
         1.7      Registered Agent................................................................................2
         1.8      Nature of Partners' Interests...................................................................2

2.    CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS; WITHDRAWALS; AND CAPITAL ACCOUNTS....................................................2
         2.1      Continuation of Capital Accounts................................................................2
         2.2      Units of Ownership Interests....................................................................3
         2.3      Required Subsequent Capital Contributions.......................................................3
         2.4      Additional Capital Contributions................................................................3
         2.5      Liability of Limited Partners...................................................................3
         2.6      Capital Accounts................................................................................3
         2.7      Additions to Capital Accounts...................................................................4
         2.8      Subtractions to Capital Accounts................................................................4
         2.9      Withdrawal of Capital...........................................................................4
         2.10     Interest on Capital Accounts and Contributions..................................................4
         2.11     Restriction on Registration of Interest.........................................................4

3.    PROFIT AND LOSS.............................................................................................5
         3.1      Definitions of Net Profit and Net Loss..........................................................5
         3.2      Allocation of Profits and Losses................................................................5
         3.3      Allocations in Event of Transfer, Admission of New Partner, Etc.................................6
         3.4      Definitions:  Adjustment Dates;  Operations Period..............................................6
         3.5      Retention of Distributable Income as Capital Reserves...........................................7

4.    DISTRIBUTIONS...............................................................................................7
         4.1      Distribution Other Than Upon Winding-Up.........................................................7
         4.2      Property Distributions..........................................................................7
         4.3      Distributions Upon Winding-Up...................................................................7

5.    ACCOUNTING..................................................................................................8
         5.1      Books and Records...............................................................................8
         5.2      Fiscal Year.....................................................................................8
         5.3      Reports.........................................................................................8
         5.4      Federal Income Tax Status and Elections.........................................................8

6.    MANAGEMENT..................................................................................................8
         6.1      Management by General Partners..................................................................8
         6.2      Appointment of Co-Managing General Partner......................................................9
         6.3      Voting the Partnership's Republic  Bancorp, Inc. Shares........................................10
         6.4      Liabilities of the General Partners............................................................11

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Jaytee Properties Limited Partnership                                                                    Page i

<PAGE>  86



         6.5      Other Interests................................................................................11
         6.6      Standard of Care of General Partners; Indemnification..........................................11
         6.7      Limited Partners...............................................................................11

7.    WITHDRAWAL.................................................................................................11
         7.1      Restrictions on Withdrawal, Substitution and Transfer..........................................11
         7.2      No Withdrawal by General Partners..............................................................12
         7.3      Withdrawals by Limited Partners................................................................12

8.    TRANSFERS; SUBSTITUTION; ADDITIONAL PARTNERS...............................................................12
         8.1      Assignment of Limited Partner's Interest.......................................................12
         8.2      Voluntary Transfers of Limited Partner's Interests.............................................12
         8.3      Involuntary Transfers of Limited Partner Interests.............................................14
         8.4      Determination of Value.........................................................................15
         8.5      Payment of Purchase Price......................................................................16
         8.6      Extension of Time for Payment of Purchase Price................................................16
         8.7      Death or Incapacity of Limited Partner.........................................................16
         8.8      Substitute Limited Partners....................................................................17
         8.9      Transfers of General Partnership Interests.....................................................17
         8.10     Incapacity of a General Partner................................................................18
         8.11     Successor General Partner......................................................................18
         8.12     Fiduciaries As Partners........................................................................18
                      8.12(a) FIDUCIARY CAPACITY.................................................................18
                      8.12(b) REVOCABLE TRUSTS...................................................................19
         8.13     Additional Partners............................................................................19

9.    FEDERAL INCOME TAX MATTERS.................................................................................19
         9.1      Distributive Shares............................................................................19
         9.2      Elections......................................................................................19
         9.3      Tax Matters Partner............................................................................19

10.    DISSOLUTION AND WINDING-UP................................................................................20
         10.1     Events Occasioning Dissolution.................................................................20
         10.2     Winding-Up.....................................................................................20
         10.3     Events Not Occasioning Dissolution.............................................................20

11.    MISCELLANEOUS.............................................................................................20
         11.1     Non-Family Member Partner......................................................................20
         11.2     Amendments.....................................................................................20
         11.3     Notices........................................................................................20
         11.4     No Delivery of Certificates....................................................................21
         11.5     Governing Law..................................................................................21
         11.6     Arbitration....................................................................................21
         11.7     Power of Attorney..............................................................................22
         11.8     Partition......................................................................................22
         11.9     Waiver of Right to Court Decree of Dissolution.................................................22
         11.10    Agreement Binding..............................................................................23
         11.11    Invalid Provisions.............................................................................23
         11.12    Waiver.........................................................................................23
         11.13    Third Party Beneficiaries......................................................................23

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Jaytee Properties Limited Partnership                                                                   Page ii

<PAGE>  87





- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Jaytee Properties Limited Partnership                                                                   Page iii
</TABLE>

<PAGE>  88




                                  AGREEMENT OF
                               LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

          THIS  AGREEMENT  OF LIMITED  PARTNERSHIP  is made and entered  into by
those persons identified on Schedule A as General Partners and Limited Partners.
The  General  Partners  and the  Limited  Partners  hereinafter  identified  are
referred to as the "Partners."

          The Partners desire to form a Limited  Partnership (the "Partnership")
for the  purposes  set  forth  herein,  and in  consideration  of  their  mutual
agreements, they agree as follows.

                         1. ESTABLISHMENT OF PARTNERSHIP

1.1       FORMATION AND CONTROLLING LAW.

          1.1(a)       This Limited Partnership is a continuation and conversion
of the general  partnership  which is being  conducted  by Bernard M. Trager and
Jean S. Trager under the terms of a written partnership agreement dated February
1, 1993, and known as Jaytee Properties.  By executing this Agreement Bernard M.
Trager and Jean S. Trager amend and restate  their  Partnership  Agreement,  and
agree that this instrument  governs their  relationship in all matters conducted
by the  Partnership,  and  constitutes  the conversion of the Jaytee  Properties
General Partnership into a Kentucky Limited Partnership.

          1.1(b)       Bernard M. Trager and Jean S. Trager, as general partners
of  Jaytee  Properties  personally  guaranteed  certain  debt of  their  general
partnership and they agree, by the execution of this  instrument,  to retain and
remain  personally  liable to and for such debt as nothing herein is intended to
change or alter their legal  obligations  heretofore  assumed and  guaranteed by
them.

          1.1(c)       In   addition   to  the assets from the Jaytee Properties
Partnership,  the parties  executing this Agreement are contributing  additional
assets in  exchange  for  General  and  Limited  Partnership  Interests  in this
Partnership as depicted on Schedule A.

          1.1(d)       Accordingly, the Partners do hereby convert their general
partnership  into  a  Limited  Partnership  pursuant  to the  provisions  of the
Kentucky Uniform Limited  Partnership Act. The rights and duties of the Partners
are as  provided  in the  Kentucky  Uniform  Limited  Partnership  Act except as
modified by this Agreement.  The law of the State of Kentucky is to apply to all
questions and matters  pertaining to this Agreement.  The Partners will take all
actions  necessary  or  appropriate  to allow  the  Partnership  to carry on its
business in  accordance  with the terms of this  Agreement,  and  Kentucky  law.
Further,  for  Federal tax law  purposes,  references  are made to the  Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,  and such references are hereinafter to as the
"Code."

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Jaytee Properties Limited Partnership                          Page 1 of 24

<PAGE>  89



1.2       NAME.  The  name  of the  Partnership  is  JAYTEE  PROPERTIES  LIMITED
PARTNERSHIP  or such other  name  selected  by the  General  Partners  as may be
permitted by law. The Partnership will file such certificates of fictitious name
as may be required by law.

1.3       PURPOSES. The Partnership is formed for the following purposes: (a) to
manage the family's assets, (b) to create a more varied investment portfolio for
the family's assets,  and (c) to create a convenient means to allow the Partners
to make gifts of Partnership interests to various members of their family.

1.4       POWERS. The Partnership will have the power to do all things necessary
or  desirable  in the conduct of its  business to the  fullest  possible  extent
permitted by law.

1.5       PRINCIPAL  PLACE OF BUSINESS.  The principal place of business for the
Partnership  is  Louisville,  Kentucky  and/or such other place or places as the
Partners may from time to time  determine.  The Managing or Co-Managing  General
Partner  will  notify the  Partners  of the  establishment  of any office of the
Partnership in addition to, or replacement of, the principal  office name herein
or  any  replacement  thereof.  The  General  Partners  will  maintain,  at  the
Partnership's principal office in Kentucky, those items referred to and required
by the Kentucky Uniform Limited Partnership Act ss. 362.409.

1.6       TERM.  The term of the  Partnership  will  commence on the filing of a
Certificate  of Limited  Partnership  in the office of the Secretary of State of
Kentucky and will continue until  dissolved in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement regarding Dissolution and Winding-Up.

1.7       REGISTERED AGENT. The name and address of the Partnership's registered
agent,  and the  address  of  Partnership's  registered  office  in the State of
Kentucky, is as follows:

                                SHELDON G. GILMAN
                               500 MEIDINGER TOWER
                           Louisville, Kentucky 40202

1.8       NATURE OF PARTNERS'  INTERESTS.  The  interests of the Partners in the
Partnership  will be personal  property.  All property owned by the Partnership,
whether real or personal, tangible or intangible, or mixed, will be deemed to be
owned  by  the  Partnership  as an  entity,  and  no  Partner,  individually  or
otherwise, will have any ownership interest in such property.

           2. CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS; WITHDRAWALS; AND CAPITAL ACCOUNTS

2.1       CONTINUATION  OF  CAPITAL  ACCOUNTS.  The  General  Partners'  capital
accounts will continue as established upon the Partnership's  books and records;
however, upon the conversion of this Partnership from a General Partnership into
a Limited  Partnership each Partner's ownership interests will be converted into
General  Partner's  Interests  and Limited  Partner's  Interests as the Partners
agree, and as reflected on Schedule A.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Jaytee Properties Limited Partnership                          Page 2 of 24

<PAGE>  90



2.2       UNITS OF OWNERSHIP  INTERESTS.  A Partner's  ownership interest may be
evidenced by Units of Ownership  Interests as established  and maintained on the
Partnership's books and records.  Further, the transfer of a Partner's ownership
interest may be evidenced by the transfer of such  Partner's  Units of Ownership
Interests.

2.3       REQUIRED SUBSEQUENT CAPITAL  CONTRIBUTIONS.  Any General Partner whose
capital account has a deficit balance at the time of liquidation of such General
Partner's  interest  agrees to contribute to the capital of the  Partnership  an
amount of cash necessary to bring such General  Partner's  Capital Account up to
zero. Such amount will be paid to the Partnership by the later of the end of the
taxable  year  in  question  or 90 days  after  the  date  of the  Partnership's
liquidation,  and such amount will be available for payment to the Partnership's
creditors or for  distribution to those Partners having positive Capital Account
balances.

2.4       ADDITIONAL CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS.

          2.4(a)        No   Partner  will  be  required  to  make  any  capital
contribution in addition to that hereinabove required. The General Partners will
be personally  liable for all debts of the  Partnership,  other than nonrecourse
debt.

          2.4(b)       If additional contributions are necessary or appropriate,
then the Partners may make additional contributions in such amounts as necessary
in order for the Partners to maintain their proportionate percentage interest in
the  Partnership.  If not  all of the  Partners  elect  to  make  an  additional
contribution,  then the other  Partners may make capital  contributions  for the
portion  not  contributed  by those  Partners  who have  elected  not to make an
additional capital contribution.

2.5       LIABILITY  OF LIMITED  PARTNERS.  Limited  Partners  will not have any
personal  liability  for  Partnership  debts,   obligations  or  losses  of  the
Partnership  in  excess  of  the  Limited  Partner's   obligation  to  make  the
contribution to the Partnership as set forth in Schedule A of this Agreement.

2.6       CAPITAL ACCOUNTS.

          2.6(a)        A separate capital account  ("Capital  Account") will be
maintained  for each  General  Partner  and for each  Limited  Partner,  and all
Capital  Accounts will be maintained in accordance  with the capital  accounting
rules  of  Code  Section  704(b),  and the  provisions  of  Treasury  Department
Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv), and this Agreement will be so construed.

         2.6(b)        Each  Partner's  opening  Capital Account balance will be
the  amount  of such  Partner's  initial  capital  contribution  as set forth in
Schedule A and then will be  increased  and  decreased  in  accordance  with the
following provisions.

         2.6(c)         If a Partner transfers all or any part of such Partner's
interest in the Partnership, as provided and limited in this Agreement, then the
Capital  Account  of the  transferor  will  become  the  Capital  Account of the
transferee to the extent of the Partnership interest transferred.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Jaytee Properties Limited Partnership                          Page 3 of 24

<PAGE>  91



2.7       ADDITIONS  TO CAPITAL  ACCOUNTS.  Subsequent  to the  opening  Capital
Account,  a Partner's  Capital Account will be increased by the following items:
(a) Such Partner's cash contributions to the Partnership's capital; (b) The fair
market value, as agreed upon, of any property  contributed to the capital of the
Partnership by a Partner (net of liability secured by such contributed  property
that the  Partnership  is  considered  to assume or take  subject  to under Code
Section  752);  (c)  Such  Partner's  share  of  the  Partnership  realized  and
unrealized  profits and any gains (whether or not any such items are exempt from
tax); (d) Such Partner's share of income described in Code Section 705(a)(1)(B);
and (e) Such other  amounts  that are  required  for the  Capital  Account to be
determined and maintained in accordance with Treasury Regulations.

2.8       SUBTRACTIONS TO CAPITAL ACCOUNTS.   Subsequent  to the opening Capital
Account, a Partner's Capital Account will be reduced by the following items:

          2.8(a)        Such Partner's share  of  the Partnership's realized and
unrealized losses (including expenditures described in Code Section 705(a)(2)(B)
or  treated  as  an  expenditure  by  reason  of  Treasury   Regulation  Section
1.704-1(b)(2));

          2.8(b)        The amount of cash and the fair market value of property
distributed  (net of any  liabilities  assumed  by such  Partner or to which the
distributed property is subject); and

          2.8(c)        Such other  amounts   that  are required for the Capital
Account to be determined and maintained in accordance with Treasury Regulations.

2.9       WITHDRAWAL  OF CAPITAL.  No Partner  will be entitled to withdraw  any
part  of  their  capital  contribution  to  the  Partnership,   or  receive  any
distributions  from the  Partnership,  except as provided in this Agreement.  No
Partner will be entitled to demand or receive any property from the  Partnership
other than cash, except as otherwise in this Agreement.

2.10      INTEREST ON CAPITAL  ACCOUNTS  AND  CONTRIBUTIONS.  No Partner will be
entitled to interest on any capital  contribution  or on such Partner's  Capital
Account.

2.11      RESTRICTION  ON  REGISTRATION  OF  INTEREST.   Registration   will  be
restricted to the extent  required so that the Partnership is not deemed to be a
"publicly traded partnership" under the Code. Partnership interests will only be
registered in the name of the  beneficial  owner.  The  Partnership  will not be
bound to recognize  any equitable or other claim to such interest on the part of
any other  person (such as a broker,  dealer,  bank,  trust  company or clearing
corporation) which is acting as a nominee, agent or in some other representative
capacity, whether or not the Partnership will have knowledge thereof, except for
the following:  (a) Interests held by a guardian,  custodian or conservator  for
the benefit of a minor or  incompetent;  (b)  Interests  held by a trust for the
benefit of a Partner or  Partner's  spouse,  parent,  parent - in - law,  issue,
brother,  sister,  brother - in - law, sister - in - law, niece, nephew, cousin,
grandchild or  grandchild - in - law; and (c) Interests  held by a fiduciary for
other like beneficiaries.  An interest in the Partnership will only be traded in
accordance with the Department of the Treasury's  rules and regulations  then in
effect which set forth the parameters within which a partnership may act and not
be deemed to be a "publicly traded

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Jaytee Properties Limited Partnership                          Page 4 of 24

<PAGE>  92



partnership" under the Code.  In no event may an interest in the Partnership be
listed on an established securities exchange.

                               3. PROFIT AND LOSS

3.1       DEFINITIONS  OF NET  PROFIT AND NET LOSS.  Profits  and losses for any
Operations Period, as hereinafter  defined,  will be computed in the same manner
as the  Partnership  reports its income for Federal income tax purposes,  except
that (i) income of the  Partnership  that is exempt from tax, and expenses  that
are not  deductible  for tax  purposes  under the Code will be  included  in the
computation,  and (ii)  unrealized  gain or loss will be taken  into  account as
provided herein. The principles of Treasury Regulation Section  1.704-1(b)(4)(i)
will be applied,  when necessary,  to prevent duplication or omission of Capital
Account adjustments,  including,  without limitation,  those arising from deemed
sales as provided in this Agreement.

3.2       ALLOCATION OF PROFITS AND LOSSES.

          3.2(a)        Except  as hereinafter  provided, the  Partnership's net
profits and losses for each Operations  Period will be allocated to the Partners
on a pro rata basis based upon each Partner's ownership interests,  as reflected
by such  Partner's  Capital  Account,  to the total of all  Partners'  ownership
interests as reflected by all Capital Accounts.

          3.2(b)        For  income  tax   purposes  only,  depreciation   (cost
recovery)  deductions,  depletion  deductions  and gain or loss with  respect to
assets  contributed  by a Partner will be allocated  among the Partners so as to
take into account the difference  between the adjusted basis of the asset at the
time of its  contribution  and the agreed  value of the asset.  An asset will be
considered  contributed  by a  Partner  if it has a basis  in the  hands  of the
Partnership which is determined,  in whole or in part, by reference to the basis
of an asset actually  contributed by a Partner (or previously deemed contributed
by a Partner pursuant hereto).

          3.2(c)        Net  losses   for  any  Operations  Period  which  would
otherwise be allocated with respect to a Partnership interest owned by a Limited
Partner and which would cause such Limited  Partner to have an Adjusted  Capital
Account Deficit, will instead be allocated pro rata among the General Partners.

          3.2(d)        If  any   Limited  Partner   receives   an   adjustment,
allocation,   or  distribution,   described  in  Treasury   Regulation   Section
1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4),  (5), or (6), items of Partnership gross income will be
specifically  allocated  to  such  Limited  Partner  in  an  amount  and  manner
sufficient to eliminate any Adjusted  Capital  Account  Deficit  created by such
adjustments,   allocation,  or  distributions  as  quickly  as  possible.  These
provisions  are intended to constitute a "qualified  income  offset"  within the
meaning  of  Treasury  Regulation  Section   1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)  and  will  be
interpreted and implemented as provided therein.

          3.2(e)        After   satisfaction  of   any  allocations  hereinabove
required,  if there have been any net losses allocated to the General  Partners,
as hereinabove provided, then the Partnership's net
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Jaytee Properties Limited Partnership                          Page 5 of 24

<PAGE>  93



profit for an  Operations  Period will be  allocated  pro rata among the General
Partners  until the General  Partners  have received  allocations  of net profit
equal  in the  aggregate  to any  net  losses  previously  allocated  to them as
hereinabove provided.

          3.2(f)       An "Adjusted Capital Account Deficit" exists with respect
to a Limited Partner if the Limited  Partner's  Capital Account,  determined for
this purpose by reducing the Capital  Account by the items described in Treasury
Regulation Section  1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4),  (5), and (6) and by increasing the
Capital  Account  by  the  amount  described  in  Treasury   Regulation  Section
1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c)  that the Partner is  obligated  to restore,  is a negative
amount.

          3.2(g)        If there is a net  decrease in the Partnership's Minimum
Gain,  as provided  by Treasury  Regulation  Section  1.704-2(b)(2),  or Partner
Nonrecourse  Debt  Minimum  Gain,  as provided by  Treasury  Regulation  Section
1.704-2(i)(3),  during an  Operations  Period,  each Partner will be  allocated,
before  any  other  allocations,  items of income  and gain for such  Operations
Period, and subsequent  Periods if necessary,  an amount equal to such Partner's
share  of the  net  decrease  in  the  Partnership's  Minimum  Gain  or  Partner
Nonrecourse  Debt Minimum  Gain,  as  applicable,  for such  Operations  Period;
provided that no such  allocation  will be required if any of the exceptions set
forth in Treasury  Regulation Section 1.704-2(f) apply. It is intended that this
provision  constitute a "MINIMUM GAIN CHARGEBACK" within the meaning of Treasury
Regulation Section 1.704-2.

3.3       ALLOCATIONS  IN EVENT OF TRANSFER,  ADMISSION OF NEW PARTNER,  ETC. In
the  event  of  the  transfer  of all or any  part  of a  Partner's  Partnership
interest, as provided and limited by this Agreement,  at any time other than the
end of a Fiscal Year, the admission of a new Partner or disproportionate capital
contributions, the transferring Partner's, new Partner's or continuing Partners'
shares of the Partnership's income, gain, loss, deductions and credits allocable
to such Partnership  interest will be allocated  between the transferor  Partner
and the  transferee  Partner(s)  in the same ratio as the number of days in such
Fiscal Year before and after the date of such event;  provided  that the General
Partners  may treat the periods  before and after such event as separate  Fiscal
Years.

3.4       DEFINITIONS:  ADJUSTMENT DATES;  OPERATIONS PERIOD.

          3.4(a)        The  "Adjustment Dates" of  the  Partnership will be the
date of  dissolution  of the  Partnership  and  each  date on  which  there is a
distribution in kind of property of the Partnership,  a contribution of money or
other property  (other than a DE MINIMIS  amount) to the Partnership by a new or
existing  Partner as  consideration  of an  interest  in the  Partnership,  or a
distribution  of money (other than a DE MINIMIS  amount) by the Partnership to a
retiring  or  continuing  Partner  as  consideration  for  an  interest  in  the
Partnership.

          3.4(b)        An  "Operations  Period"  of the Partnership will be the
period  beginning  on the date  hereof,  the  first  day of a fiscal  year or an
Adjustment  Date (as the  case may be) and  ending  on the  earlier  of the next
succeeding Adjustment Date or the last day of a fiscal year.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Jaytee Properties Limited Partnership                          Page 6 of 24

<PAGE>  94



3.5       RETENTION OF  DISTRIBUTABLE  INCOME AS CAPITAL  RESERVES.  The General
Partners  may elect to  retain  from the  distributions  of  available  cash any
amounts which, in the General Partners' judgment, are needed to provide reserves
and working capital for anticipated investments and operating expenses.

                                4. DISTRIBUTIONS

4.1       DISTRIBUTION  OTHER THAN UPON WINDING-UP.  The Managing or Co-Managing
General  Partner,  or the General  Partner(s),  if there are no Managing General
Partners, will determine in their sole discretion, whether distributions will be
made to any  particular  General or Limited  Partner  (including  the Partner(s)
authorizing  the  distribution)  or whether  the  Partnership's  income  will be
reinvested;  provided,  however,  that such  distributions  will be made to each
Partner pro rata based upon the proportion of each Partner's ownership interests
to the  total  of all  Partners'  interests,  determined  as of the  date of the
distribution.   Distributions   may  only  be  cash,  and  the  amount  of  cash
distributions  will only be such amount  which  exceeds the  reasonable  working
reserves needed for the Partnership's operations.

4.2       PROPERTY DISTRIBUTIONS.  If property,  other than cash, is distributed
to a Partner,  the fair market value of such  property will be used for purposes
of determining the amount of such distribution.  The difference, if any, of such
fair market value over (or under) the value at which such property is carried on
the books of the Partnership will be credited or charged to the Capital Accounts
of the Partners in accordance  with the ratio in which the partners share in the
gain and loss of the Partnership.  The fair market value of the property will be
determined  by the  Managing  or Co-  Managing  General  Partners or the General
Partners if there are no Managing Partners.

4.3       DISTRIBUTIONS UPON WINDING-UP.  Upon the dissolution and winding up of
the  Partnership,  the  assets of the  Partnership  will be  distributed  in the
following order of priority:  (a) To the payment of the debts and liabilities of
the Partnership and the expenses of winding-up,  including the  establishment of
any reserves to pay any  anticipated  and contingent  liabilities or obligations
which the Managing or  Co-Managing or General  Partners,  as the case may be, in
their sole  discretion,  deem  appropriate.  Any such  reserves  will be charged
against the Partners'  Capital  Accounts on a pro rata based upon the proportion
of each Partner's ownership  interests to the total of all Partners'  interests,
which reserve,  prior to payment of such  liabilities and  obligations,  will be
placed in the hands of an escrow  agent for such  period  and upon such terms as
the General  Partners will determine;  (b) To repay any loans to the Partnership
by a  Partner,  including  any  deferred  payment  obligation  to a Partner or a
Partner's  personal  representative  as  the  result  of  a  redemption  by  the
Partnership of such Partner's  interest;  (c) To the Partners in an amount equal
to any credit balance in their Capital  Accounts (as a negative  Capital Account
balance will be  considered a loan from the  Partnership  to the Partner for the
purpose of  determining  distributions  upon  dissolution),  so that the Capital
Account of each Partner will be brought  back to zero;  and (d) The balance,  if
any, will be  distributed  to the Partners in an amount equal to each  Partner's
percentage interest in the Partnership.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Jaytee Properties Limited Partnership                          Page 7 of 24

<PAGE>  95



                                  5. ACCOUNTING

5.1       BOOKS AND  RECORDS.  The General  Partners  will  maintain the general
accounts  of the  Partnership.  The books of the  Partnership  will be kept on a
basis  consistent  with the  provisions of this  Agreement and determined in the
same manner as the Partnership computes its income (loss) for Federal income tax
purposes;  provided,  however, that the Partnership will not use the installment
method for book purposes.  Such books and records,  and the items referred to in
Kentucky  Uniform Limited Partnership Act Section 362.409(1) will be open to the
inspection  and  examination  of  all  Partners,  in  person  or by  their  duly
authorized  representatives,  at reasonable  times. The books of the Partnership
will be  maintained  using a method of  accounting  as determined by the General
Partners.

5.2       FISCAL YEAR.  The fiscal year of the Partnership will be the calendar
year.

5.3       REPORTS.  As soon  as  practicable after the close of each fiscal year
the  Partnership  will furnish  each  Partner  with a copy of the  Partnership's
financial  statements  for  such  year and with a  statement  of such  Partner's
Capital Account, as reflected on the books of the Partnership. Each Partner will
also be supplied with all information  with respect to the Partnership  required
in connection with the preparation of such Partner's tax returns.

5.4       FEDERAL INCOME TAX STATUS AND ELECTIONS.

          5.4(a)        This  Limited  Partnership will constitute a Partnership
for Federal income tax purposes,  and the General Partners will report all items
of income,  gain, loss,  deduction and credit as a Partnership and in accordance
with the  Partnership  taxation rules pursuant to the Internal  Revenue Code and
Treasury Regulations.

          5.4(b)        All  elections required  or  permitted to be made by the
Partnership  under the Code will be made by the General  Partners in such manner
as will, in their opinion, be most advantageous to a majority in interest of the
Limited Partners.

                                  6. MANAGEMENT 

6.1       MANAGEMENT  BY  GENERAL   PARTNERS.   The  business   affairs  of  the
Partnership  will be managed  by the  General  Partners.  All  decisions  of the
General Partners,  including but not limited to Partnership distributions,  will
be made in  accordance  with the  decision  of the  General  Partner  or General
Partners holding a majority of the General Partner  interests.  Deadlock between
the General  Partners on any issue will be deemed a disputed  issue for purposes
of this Agreement and will be resolved  through  arbitration as provided in this
Agreement.  The General Partners will have all necessary powers to carry out the
purposes  of the  Partnership,  and in addition  to the  authority  given to the
General  Partners by this  Agreement and by law, the General  Partners will have
the specific authority to take the following actions.

          6.1(a)        The  General  Partners  will  have the authority, at any
time, and from time-to-time,  to sell, exchange, lease and/or transfer legal and
equitable title to the Partnership property upon such

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Jaytee Properties Limited Partnership                          Page 8 of 24

<PAGE>  96



terms  and  conditions  and for  such  considerations  as the  General  Partners
consider  reasonable.  The execution of any document or conveyance or lease by a
General  Partner will be  sufficient  to transfer  complete  legal and equitable
title to the interest conveyed without the joiner,  ratification,  or consent of
the  Partners.  No  Purchaser,  tenant,  transferee  or  obligor  will  have any
obligation  whatever to see to the  application  of payments made to the General
Partners.

          6.1(b)        The General  Partners will have the authority to retain,
without  liability,  any and all  property in the form it is  received,  without
regard  to its  productivity  or the  proportion  that any one asset or class of
assets may bear to the whole.  The General  Partners will not have  liability or
responsibility  for loss of  income  from or  depreciation  in the  value of the
property  that was retained in the form in which the General  Partners  received
it.

          6.1(c)        The  General  Partners will have the authority to employ
such  consultants  and  professional  help  as  the  General  Partners  consider
necessary to assist in the prudent management, acquisition, leasing and transfer
of the  Partnership  property,  and to obtain such  policies of insurance as the
General  Partners  consider  reasonably  necessary  to protect  the  Partnership
property from loss or liability.

          6.1(d)        The  General  Partners  will be permitted to register or
take title to Partnership  assets in the name of the  Partnership or as trustee,
with or without  disclosing  the  identity  of the  principal,  or to permit the
registration of securities in "street name" under a custodial  arrangement  with
an established securities brokerage firm, trust department or other custodian.

          6.1(e)        Insofar  as  the law  will permit, a General Partner who
succeeds another will be responsible only for the property and records delivered
by or otherwise  acquired from the preceding General Partner,  and may accept as
correct the accounting of the preceding  General  Partner  without duty to audit
the accounting or to inquire further into the administration of the predecessor,
and without liability for a predecessor's errors and omissions.

          6.1(f)        No one  serving as a General Partner will be required to
furnish a fiduciary bond or other  security as a prerequisite  to such Partner's
service.

6.2       APPOINTMENT OF CO-MANAGING GENERAL PARTNER.  The General Partners,  if
there is more than one General  Partner,  may appoint one or more of the General
Partners  to  serve as the  Managing  General  Partner  or  Co-Managing  General
Partner.  As between the General  Partners,  either of the  Co-Managing  General
Partners will have the right to make all decisions,  execute all documents,  and
take all action on behalf of the Partnership.

          6.2(a)        The Co-Managing  General Partners will be Bernard Trager
and Steven E. Trager.  If either Bernard Trager or Steven E. Trager ceases to be
a General Partner,  resigns as a Co- Managing General Partner, or becomes ill or
incapacitated,  then the remaining  Co-Managing  General Partner will become the
sole Managing  General  Partner and will be authorized  and empowered to act for
the Partnership  and, in his name and place,  take all actions and do all things
as deemed necessary and appropriate.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Jaytee Properties Limited Partnership                          Page 9 of 24

<PAGE>  97



          6.2(b)        Any  person  dealing  with the Partnership may rely upon
the signed and  certified  affidavit  of the  Managing  or  Co-Managing  General
Partner which states:

                    "On my oath, and under the penalties of perjury, I
          swear that I am the duly  elected  and  authorized  Managing
          (Co-Managing)       General       Partner       of       the
          ____________________________________(name     of     limited
          partnership);  I certify that I have not been removed as the
          Managing   (Co-Managing)   General   Partner  and  have  the
          authority to act for and bind  _____________________________
          (name of  limited  partnership)  in the  transaction  of the
          business  which this affidavit is given as affirmation of my
          authority."

          6.2(c)        The  Co-Managing  General Partners will be entitled to a
reasonable annual  compensation for services  rendered to the Partnership,  this
compensation  to be measured by the time required in the  administration  of the
Partnership, the value of property under administration,  and the responsibility
assumed in  discharge  of the duties of office.  A General  Partner also will be
entitled to a reimbursement  for all reasonable and necessary  business expenses
incurred in the administration of the Partnership.

6.3       VOTING THE PARTNERSHIP'S REPUBLIC  BANCORP, INC. SHARES.

          6.3(a)        If the  Partnership owns any shares of Republic Bancorp,
Inc.  ("Republic")  stock,  then the Managing or Co-Managing  General  Partner's
right to vote the Republic shares will be limited as herein provided.  The right
to direct the voting of Republic stock will be vested in a committee composed of
at least  three  persons  to be  known as the  "Voting  Committee."  The  Voting
Committee will consist of at least one limited  partner.  The initial members of
the Voting Committee who will serve as such until their successors are appointed
and assume such position on the Committee  will be Bernard M. Trager,  Steven E.
Trager, Sheldon G. Gilman, and Scott Trager. In the event any person who is then
serving as a member of the Voting  Committee  resigns or is otherwise  unable to
continue to serve as such,  then the remaining  members of the Voting  Committee
will appoint the successor Voting Committee member.

           6.3(b)        The Voting Committee's  right to direct the Managing or
Co-Managing  General  Partner in voting  Republic  shares applies to each matter
which is brought  before an annual or special  meeting  of the  shareholders  of
Republic  stock.  Before  each  such  shareholders'   meeting  the  Managing  or
Co-Managing General Partner will provide the Voting Committee with copies of all
proxy solicitation materials pertaining to the exercise of such rights, and such
materials  will  contain  all the  information  distributed  to  other  Republic
shareholders. The Voting Committee will then determine, by majority vote, how to
direct  the  Managing  or  Co-Managing  General  Partner  to vote the  shares of
Republic stock.

           6.3(c)       The  Voting   Committee's  decisions will be binding and
conclusive on the Managing and/or Co-Managing  Partner, who will vote all shares
of Republic stock in accordance with the directions of the Voting Committee.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Jaytee Properties Limited Partnership                         Page 10 of 24

<PAGE>  98



6.4       LIABILITIES OF THE GENERAL  PARTNERS.  The General  Partners and their
agents will not be liable,  responsible  or accountable in damages or otherwise,
to the  Partnership  or to any of the Partners for any acts performed or omitted
to be  performed  in good faith.  Such good faith  errors will mean  mistakes of
judgment or losses due to such mistakes or to the negligence or bad faith of any
employee,  broker,  advisor or other agent or  representative of the Partnership
(provided that such agent or representative  was selected with reasonable care).
The General  Partners may consult with legal counsel selected by the Co-Managing
General  Partners and will have no liability for the  consequences of any action
or omission  resulting  from good faith  reliance on the advice of such counsel.
The  exculpation  provided in this section shall apply to the agents,  employees
and other legal representatives of each General Partner.

6.5       OTHER  INTERESTS.  The General  Partners and the Limited  Partners may
engage in or possess  interests in other  business  ventures of every nature and
description,  whether or not competitive  with the business of the  Partnership,
independently or with others,  and neither the Partnership nor any Partner will,
by virtue of this Agreement, have any rights in or to such other ventures or the
income or profits derived therefrom.

6.6       STANDARD OF CARE OF GENERAL PARTNERS; INDEMNIFICATION.

          6.6(a)       A  General  Partner  will not be liable,  responsible  or
accountable  in  damages  to any  Partner,  or the  Partnership,  for any act or
omission  on behalf of the  Partnership  performed  or omitted  by such  General
Partner  in good  faith  and in a manner  reasonably  believed  by such  General
Partner to be within the scope of the authority  granted to the General Partners
by this  Agreement  and in the best  interests of the  Partnership,  unless such
General Partner has been guilty of gross  negligence or willful  misconduct with
respect to such acts or omissions.

           6.6(b)       The Partnership will indemnify the General Partners for,
and hold the General Partners  harmless from, any loss or damage incurred by the
General Partners by reason of any act or omission so performed or omitted by the
General Partners (and not involving gross negligence or willful misconduct).

6.7       LIMITED  PARTNERS.  Except for the voting rights that may be held by a
Limited Partner who is also a member of the Voting Committee, as provided above,
no person in such person's  capacity as a Limited Partner will have any voice in
or take part in the management of the business or affairs of the  Partnership or
have the right or  authority  to act for or bind the  Partnership.  The  Limited
Partners will not be liable for any of the losses,  debts or  liabilities of the
Partnership in excess of their respective Capital  Contributions and any profits
allocated to their Capital Accounts,  except as otherwise  expressly provided by
law. General Partners may also be Limited Partners.

                                 7. WITHDRAWAL.

7.1       RESTRICTIONS ON WITHDRAWAL,  SUBSTITUTION  AND TRANSFER.  This Limited
Partnership was formed by a family, a closely-held  group, and they know, depend
upon,  and trust one another,  and have either  surrendered  certain  management
rights in exchange for limited liability (as in the case

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Jaytee Properties Limited Partnership                         Page 11 of 24

<PAGE>  99



of Limited Partners) or assumed sole management  responsibility  and risk (as in
the case of a  General  Partner),  based  upon  their  relationship  and  trust.
Furthermore,  as  Capital  is  also  material  to the  business  and  investment
objectives  of the  Partnership  and its federal tax  status,  any  unauthorized
substitution or transfer of a Partner's interest in the Partnership could create
a substantial  hardship on the  Partnership,  jeopardize  its Capital base,  and
adversely  affect its tax structure.  These  restrictions  on  substitution  and
transfer  are  intended  merely as a method to protect and preserve the existing
relationships based upon the trust of the Partners and the Partnership's capital
and its financial ability to continue.

7.2       NO WITHDRAWAL BY GENERAL PARTNERS.

          7.2(a)        No General Partner   may  withdraw  from the Partnership
before its dissolution.

          7.2(b)        Any   General   Partner,  who,   notwithstanding     the
prohibition  on  withdrawal  as set forth above,  gives  written  notice of such
Partner's intention to withdraw as  provided in Section 362.463 of the  Kentucky
Uniform Limited  Partnership Act will be entitled to a distribution equal to the
lesser of the following:

                        7.2(b)(1)   The General Partner's Capital Account as  of
          the  close  of the month following the date the other Partners receive
          the withdrawing  General  Partner's  notice of withdrawal  ("Effective
          Date").  Such Capital Account will be adjusted to reflect such General
          Partner's share of the profit or loss of the  Partnership  through the
          Effective  Date and  contributions  by,  and  distributions  to,  such
          General Partner since the close of the Partnership's  last Fiscal Year
          to the extent such  adjustments have not already been reflected in the
          Capital Account of such General Partner on the Partnership's books; or

                        7.2(b)(2)   The fair market value of his General Partner
          interest as determined hereinafter.

                        7.2(b)(3)   Further,  such  distribution will be reduced
          by  any  damages  attributable  to  such   Partner's  breach  of  this
          Agreement.

7.3       WITHDRAWALS BY LIMITED PARTNERS.  No Limited  Partner, including those
Limited  Partners  who  are  also  General  Partners,   may  withdraw  from  the
Partnership prior to its dissolution.

                 8. TRANSFERS; SUBSTITUTION; ADDITIONAL PARTNERS

8.1       ASSIGNMENT OF LIMITED PARTNER'S INTEREST. The Limited Partners may not
sell, assign, transfer, pledge,  hypothecate, or otherwise dispose of all or any
portion of their  Limited  Partner  interests,  except as  provided  below.  Any
purported assignment,  transfer, etc. which is prohibited by this Agreement will
be null and void and of no force or effect.

8.2       VOLUNTARY TRANSFERS OF LIMITED PARTNER'S INTERESTS.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Jaytee Properties Limited Partnership                         Page 12 of 24

<PAGE>  100



          8.2(a)        If  any  Limited  Partner ("TRANSFEROR L.P.") receives a
bona fide written offer that the Transferor L.P. desires to accept  ("TRANSFEREE
OFFER") from any person  ("TRANSFEREE")  to purchase all, but not less than all,
of the  Transferor  L.P.'s  Limited  Partnership  interests,  then,  before  any
transfer  of  the  Transferor  L.P.'s  Limited  Partner  interests  ("TRANSFEROR
INTEREST"), the Transferor L.P. will give the other Partners and the Partnership
written notice ("TRANSFER NOTICE") containing the following:

                         8.2(a)(1)     the  proposed  Transferee's  identity;

                         8.2(a)(2)     a   true   and   complete   copy  of  the
          Transferee  Offer;  and 

                         8.2(a)(3)     the Transferor L.P.'s offer ("OFFER")  to
          sell  the  Transferor  Interest  to  the  other  Partners  or  to  the
          Partnership,  as  the case  may  be, at  the  lower of the  Transferor
          Interests'  fair market value as determined herein or the price in the
          Transferee Offer and at the other  terms  and conditions  set forth in
          the  Transferee Offer.

          8.2(b)       Each of the other Partners will have the first option to
purchase  the  Transferor  Interest  in  accordance  with their  percentages  of
Partnership  Interests in the Partnership or such other  percentages as they may
unanimously agree upon. If not all of the other Partners elect to purchase, then
those Partners  electing to purchase will have the right to purchase the balance
of the Transferor  Interest in accordance with their  respective  percentages of
Partnership Interests among themselves, or in such other percentages as they may
unanimously agree.

         8.2(c)        If  the  other Partners  fail  to  purchase  all of   the
Transferor  Interest,  then the Partnership  will have the right to purchase the
remaining balance of the Transferor Interest

         8.2(d)        The  Offer  will   be  and remain irrevocable for 60 days
following  the date the  Transfer  Notice  is  properly  delivered  to the other
Partners and to the Partnership  ("OFFER PERIOD").  At any time during the Offer
Period,  the other  Partners or the  Partnership or both may accept the Offer by
notifying the  Transferor  L.P. in writing.  If the Offer is accepted,  then the
parties will fix a closing date for the purchase, which will not be earlier than
ten, nor more than 90, days after the expiration of the Offer Period.

        8.2(e)         If  the  Offer  is  accepted by any other Partners or the
Partnership or both, as the case may be, the purchasing  Partners or Partnership
may elect to pay the  purchase  price  either in  accordance  with the terms and
conditions set forth in the Offer or in accordance with the terms and conditions
of this Agreement.

        8.2(f)         If  all  of  the  Transferor Interest is not purchased by
either the other Partners or the  Partnership,  then the Transferor L.P. will be
free,  for a period of 30 days after the  expiration  of the Offer Period ("FREE
TRANSFER PERIOD") to transfer the Transferor  Interest to the Transferee for the
same or greater  price and on the same terms and  conditions as set forth in the
Transferee  Offer.  If the  Transferor  L.P.  does not transfer  the  Transferor
Interest within the Free Transfer Period, the
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Jaytee Properties Limited Partnership                         Page 13 of 24

<PAGE>  101



Transferor  L.P.'s right to transfer  the  Transferor  Interest  pursuant to the
terms and conditions set forth herein will expire.

        8.2(g)          Any  transfer  by the Transferor L.P. after the last day
of the Free  Transfer  Period or without the strict  compliance  with the terms,
provisions,  and  conditions of this  Agreement  will be null and void and of no
force and effect whatsoever.

        8.2(h)          Notwithstanding   anything  in  this   Agreement  to the
contrary, Limited Partners may make gifts of their Limited Partnership Interests
to Permitted Transferees. For purposes of this Agreement, "PERMITTED TRANSFEREE"
means  (i)  any  other  Partner;  (ii)  the  Partner's  estate,  spouse,  lineal
ancestors,   descendants  by  birth  or  adoption,  siblings;  (iii)  charitable
organizations;  and (iv) trusts for the exclusive benefit of a Partner or trusts
for any of the other foregoing  enitities or  individuals.  Upon compliance with
the requirements for admission as a substitute Limited Partner as set forth this
Agreement, the donee may become a Substitute Limited Partner with respect to the
Partnership Interests transferred.

8.3       INVOLUNTARY TRANSFERS OF LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS.

          8.3(a)        If any  Limited Partner's Partnership Interest is sought
to be transferred by any involuntary  means (other than death or adjudication of
incompetency  or  insanity),   including,   but  not  limited  to,   attachment,
garnishment,  execution,  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  levy or  seizure,  then such
Limited Partner's Partnership Interest will be purchased as follows.

          8.3(b)         Each  of  the other Partners will have the first option
to purchase in accordance with their percentages of Partnership Interests in the
Partnership or such other percentages as they may unanimously agree upon. If not
all of the other  Partners elect to purchase,  then those  Partners  electing to
purchase will have the right to purchase the balance of the offered  Partnership
Interest  in  accordance  with  their  respective   percentages  of  Partnership
Interests among themselves, or in such other percentages as they may unanimously
agree.

          8.3(c)        If   the   other  Partners  fail  to purchase all of the
interest sought to be involuntarily transferred,  then the Partnership will have
the right to purchase the remaining balance of such Partnership Interest.

          8.3(d)        The option  to the other Partners and to the Partnership
to purchase the interest sought to be  involuntarily  transferred is hereinafter
referred to as the "INVOLUNTARY OPTION."

          8.3(e)        The Involuntary  Option period of the other Partners and
the  Partnership  will  commence  upon  their  receipt  of actual  notice of the
attempted  involuntary  transfer and will terminate,  if not exercised,  60 days
thereafter,  unless sooner  terminated by written refusal of the other Partners.
An  election  to  exercise  any  Involuntary  Option will be made in writing and
transmitted to the Limited  Partner whose  Partnership  Interest is sought to be
involuntarily transferred.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Jaytee Properties Limited Partnership                         Page 14 of 24

<PAGE>  102



          8.3(f)        Upon the failure or neglect of the other Partners or the
Partnership to purchase, in accordance with this Section, all of the Partnership
Interest sought to be  involuntarily  transferred,  the unpurchased  Partnership
Interest may be involuntarily transferred,  but such transferee may not become a
Substitute  Limited  Partner unless the  requirements  for becoming a Substitute
Limited Partner as set forth in this Agreement are satisfied. Nevertheless, such
transferee will be subject to this Agreement's terms and conditions.

          8.3(g)        If, notwithstanding  the  provisions  of this Agreement,
any Partnership  Interest is transferred by involuntary means without compliance
with the terms and conditions of this  Agreement,  then the  Involuntary  Option
will be to purchase such Partnership Interest from the transferee(s).

          8.3(h)        The  purchase  price for   all  of  a  Limited Partner's
Partnership   Interests  to  be  purchased  pursuant  to  the  exercise  of  the
Involuntary Option will be the Limited Partner's Capital Account as of the close
of the month  following  the  exercise  of the  Involuntary  Option  ("EFFECTIVE
DATE").  Such Capital Account will be adjusted to reflect such Limited Partner's
share of the profit or loss of the  Partnership  through the Effective  Date and
contributions  by, and distributions to, such Limited Partner since the close of
the  Partnership's  last  Fiscal Year to the extent  such  adjustments  have not
already  been  reflected in the Capital  Account of such Limited  Partner on the
Partnership's  books.  The purchaser will pay the purchase price pursuant to the
terms of this Agreement.

          8.3(i)      The closing date will occur on or before 30 days following
the exercise of the  Involuntary  Option.  At the closing,  the selling  Limited
Partner will execute such  instruments of assignment as shall be required by the
purchasing  Partner(s)  or the  Partnership,  so as to transfer the  Partnership
Interests being sold free and clear of all liens,  claims,  security  interests,
and  encumbrances  whatsoever.  If the selling  Limited Partner fails to execute
such documents,  then either the Managing or Co-Managing  General Partner may do
so pursuant to the power of attorney granted them in this Agreement.

8.4       DETERMINATION OF VALUE.

          8.4(a)        The  value  of  a Partner's   Limited or General Partner
interest, will be such interest's Fair Market Value. "Fair Market Value" will be
determined by the General  Partners.  If the  withdrawing or transferor  Partner
objects to the General  Partners'  determination of Fair Market Value, then such
value will be determined by an appraiser  jointly  chosen by the  withdrawing or
transferor Partner and the General Partners.  If the parties cannot agree on the
choice of one  appraiser,  then the General  Partners will appoint an appraiser,
and the withdrawing or transferor Partner will appoint another  appraiser.  Each
party  will bear the cost of their own  appraisal.  If the  resulting  appraisal
values are different and the higher  appraisal value is less than 110 percent of
the lower appraisal,  then the two appraisals will be averaged, and the averaged
value will be the deemed fair market value for the  purposes of this  Agreement.
If the higher  appraisal  value is more than 110 percent of the lower  appraisal
value, then the  Partnership's  certified public accountant will appoint a third
appraiser  and submit  copies of the  independent  appraisals  to the  appraiser
selected by the accountant. The third appraiser will review both appraisals and,
on the basis of a review of the

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Jaytee Properties Limited Partnership                         Page 15 of 24

<PAGE>  103



appraisals,  will select the ONE  appraisal  which,  in the opinion of the third
appraiser,  is most correct.  The decision of the third  appraiser will be final
and the costs of such will be borne by the  Partnership and will be accrued as a
liability of the Partnership.

          8.4(b)       Adjustments to Fair Market Value will be made as follows:

                       8.4(b)(1)   To  reflect  any   distributions  made in the
          regular  course of business, between the Termination Date and the date
          the  Partnership  begins  payments  in  redemption  of the Partnership
          interest;

                       8.4(b)(2)   To  reflect  the effect of the  redemption of
          the  Partnership  interest on the withdrawing Partner's interest,  the
          value of  the  total Partnership interests outstanding and the Capital
          Account   balances  represented  by  the   Partnership  interests  not
          redeemed; and

                       8.4(b)(3)   For purposes of determining  the Fair Market
          Value of a General  Partner's  interests,  to reflect  an  assumption,
          for appraisal purposes, that the withdrawal rights  afforded a General
          Partner in this Agreement do not exist.

8.5       PAYMENT OF PURCHASE PRICE. The purchase price for a Partner's interest
will be paid by the purchaser(s) in 120 equal monthly principal installments (or
the remaining term of the  Partnership if less than 120 months) plus interest on
the unpaid  principal  balance at a rate equal to the prime rate  charged by the
bank where the Partnership conducts its banking business. The interest rate will
be adjusted  every six months.  The first  monthly  installment  will be due and
payable 120 days after the  determination  of value for the Partner's  interest.
The purchaser(s) may prepay the entire unpaid principal  balance at any time. In
the event of  non-payment of any  installment,  the  withdrawing  Partner or the
deceased Partner's personal representative,  as the case may be, may declare the
remaining  payments in default and thereby require the immediate  payment of the
entire unpaid principal balance with all accrued interest.

8.6       EXTENSION OF TIME FOR PAYMENT OF PURCHASE PRICE.  Notwithstanding  the
above,  neither  the  Partnership  nor the  Partners  will be  required  to make
payments  for the  purchase of more than one  terminated  or deceased  Partner's
interest at any one time.  If during the period of time in which the Partners or
the Partnership are making payments to purchase a Partner's  interest,  an event
occurs  which would  require  the  Partners  or the  Partnership  to purchase an
additional  Partner's  interest,  then the payments for such Partner's  interest
will become due and  payable 30 days after the  completion  of payments  for the
purchase of the previously withdrawing or transferring Partner's interests.  The
purchasing party will issue a promissory note setting forth the delayed payment,
with  interest  accruing  thereon in  accordance  with these  provisions.  These
provisions only alter the timing of payments for a Partner's interest and do not
affect the  determination  of the  Termination  Date, the amount of the Purchase
Price, and all other rights and obligations provided herein.

8.7       DEATH OR INCAPACITY OF LIMITED PARTNER.  The  death,  adjudication  or
incompetency,   or  insanity  of  a  Limited   Partner  will  not  dissolve  the
Partnership.  In the  event of such  death,  adjudication  of  incompetency,  or
insanity, the legal representative or legal successor of the deceased
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Jaytee Properties Limited Partnership                         Page 16 of 24

<PAGE>  104



or incompetent  Limited Partner who has legal control of or inherits his Limited
Partner  interests  will be deemed the  assignee of the entire  Limited  Partner
interests of the deceased or incompetent  Limited Partner and may be admitted as
a  Substitute  Limited  Partner if the  requirements  for  becoming a Substitute
Limited Partner as set forth in this Agreement are satisfied.  The estate of the
deceased  or  incompetent  Limited  Partner  will  be  liable  for  any  of  his
liabilities  and  obligations to the  Partnership and in his capacity as Limited
Partner.

8.8       SUBSTITUTE  LIMITED  PARTNERS.  No assignee or transferee of a Limited
Partner's interest in the Partnership will have the right to become a substitute
Limited Partner unless all of the following conditions are satisfied:

          8.8(a)       The General Partners have received, in form and substance
satisfactory to them, a written  instrument  executed by the  transferor,  which
instrument  transfers  to  the  transferee  all  or  part  of  the  transferor's
Partnership interests;

          8.8(b)      The transferor and transferee execute and acknowledge such
other  instruments  as the General  Partners may, in the General  Partner's sole
discretion deem necessary or desirable to effect such  admission,  including the
transferee's  written  acceptance  and  adoption of this  Agreement's  terms and
conditions;

          8.8(c)       The assignee/transferee has paid or agreed to pay, as the
General  Partners  may  determine,  all  reasonable  expenses  relating  to such
admission; and

         8.8(d)        All of the General Partners have unanimously consented in
writing  to  the  assignee's/transferee's  admission  as  a  substitute  Limited
Partner.

8.9       TRANSFERS OF GENERAL PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS.

         8.9(a)        The  General  Partners  may  not  sell, assign, transfer,
pledge,  hypothecate,  encumber,  or otherwise  dispose of their General Partner
interests, without the prior written consent of the other General Partner(s) and
a majority of the Limited Partners. Any purported assignment,  transfer, etc. in
contravention of this Agreement will be null and void and of no force or effect.

         8.9(b)        Notwithstanding  anything   in  this   Agreement   to the
contrary,  in the event of the General  Partner's death, the decedent's  General
Partner interests will pass to the General Partner's estate (executor,  personal
representative,  administrator,  trustee  or  assignee).  However,  the  General
Partner's  estate will only be a transferee of the General Partner  interest and
may only become a substitute  General Partner if the requirements for becoming a
Substitute General Partner, as set forth herein, are satisfied.

         8.9(c)        The  transferee  of a General Partner interest may not be
admitted as a substitute  General Partner without the written consent of all the
General Partners.  If there are no other General Partners,  then such transferee
may be  admitted  only with the  written  consent of a majority  of the  Limited
Partnership interests.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Jaytee Properties Limited Partnership                         Page 17 of 24

<PAGE> 105



         8.9(d)         Further,  the  transferee must have approved and adopted
all of the  provisions  of this  Agreement,  as the same may have been  amended,
which  approval  and  adoption may be evidenced in such manner as is required by
the General Partners.

         8.9(e)         If the transferee does not receive the necessary consent
of the General or Limited Partners,  as the case may be, but otherwise satisfies
the  requirements  of this  Agreement,  such General  Partner  interests will be
deemed  Limited  Partner  interests  in the  hands of the  transferee,  and such
transferee  will be deemed  admitted only as a substitute  Limited  Partner with
respect thereto, and will not be deemed a General Partner for any purposes.

8.10     INCAPACITY OF A GENERAL PARTNER

         8.10(a)        At   the commencement of this Partnership, there will be
two General  Partners,  Bernard  Trager and Steven E. Trager,  with both General
Partners  being  Co-Managing  General  Partners.  In the event of a  Co-Managing
General  Partner's  illness or  incapacity,  the remaining Co-Managing  General
Partner  will be  authorized  and  empowered to act for the  partnership  as the
Managing General Partner,  and in his name and place take all actions and do all
things as a Managing General Partner.

         8.10(b)        In the event a Co-Managing General Partner has ceased to
serve or is unable to serve,  by reason of death,  incapacity,  or absence,  the
other Managing  General  Partner will have the right and authority to execute an
amendment to the Certificate of Limited Partnership, as attorney-in-fact for the
withdrawing General Partner.

         8.10(c)        If any Partner is an individual person, then any person
acting under a durable power of attorney or Letters of Guardianship or Committee
may exercise all of the Partner's  rights and voting authority for and on behalf
of his or her principal and will be entitled to receive any  distributions  from
the Partnership for and on behalf of the disabled Partner.

8.11      SUCCESSOR GENERAL PARTNER.  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement
to the contrary,  upon the death or incapacity  of Bernard  Trager,  Jean Trager
will become a General  Partner by  converting 1 percent of her then  outstanding
Limited Partner  interests into a 1 percent General  Partner  interest.  If Jean
does not then own any Limited Partner  interests,  the Partnership will issue to
her a 1 percent General Partner  interest under the terms and conditions of this
Agreement governing the issuance of Additional Partnership Interests.  Jean will
execute this  Agreement as a General  Partner  promptly  after her  admission as
such.  Further,  Jean will have no liability  for debts and  obligations  of the
Partnership  that  were  outstanding  on the date  when she  becomes  a  General
Partner,  except to the  extent  provided  under the  Kentucky  Uniform  Limited
Partnership Act.

8.12      FIDUCIARIES AS PARTNERS.

          8.12(a)    FIDUCIARY CAPACITY.   A  Partner  may   own   one  or  more
interests in a fiduciary capacity, such as a trustee under a trust agreement, as
an executor or a personal representative of an estate, or as a custodian. Except
as hereinafter provided, such fiduciary will have no interest or
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Jaytee Properties Limited Partnership                         Page 18 of 24

<PAGE>  106



obligation  individually  with  respect  to any  such  interests,  but  will  be
considered as acting solely in such fiduciary capacity. If a Partner acting in a
fiduciary  capacity  ceases to act as such, the successor  fiduciary  shall be a
Partner in the same fiduciary  capacity with the same rights and  obligations as
the predecessor  fiduciary.  A person may be a Partner in an individual capacity
and a Partner in one or more fiduciary capacities.

          8.12(b)        REVOCABLE TRUSTS.  An individual Partner that holds his
or her interests as trustee  under a Revocable  Trust that has not been admitted
as a Partner will be considered to have the same duties and  responsibilities to
the Partnership  that such individual would have if he or she held the interests
individually.  The Trust shall be admitted as a Partner upon the approval of the
General Partners and upon approval and adoption of all of the provisions of this
Agreement, as the same may have been amended, which approval and adoption may be
evidenced in such manner as is required by the General Partners.

8.13      ADDITIONAL PARTNERS.

          8.13(a)       Additional  Partnership interests may be issued and sold
by the General Partners to any person  including,  but not limited to, a natural
person, trust,  corporation,  partnership or other association,  for fair market
value as  determined by the General  Partners  using their  reasonable  business
judgment,  and under such terms as deemed  advisable  by the  General  Partners.
Admission of any Partner will not be a cause of dissolution.

          8.13(b)       The  Partnership  will admit any New Partners upon their
approval and adoption of all of the  provisions of this  Agreement,  as the same
may have been  amended,  which  approval  and  adoption may be evidenced in such
manner as is required by the General Partners.

                           9. FEDERAL INCOME TAX MATTERS

9.1       DISTRIBUTIVE  SHARES.  For  purposes of  Subchapter  K of the Internal
Revenue  Code,  the  distributive  shares  of  the  Partners  of  each  item  of
Partnership taxable income, gains, losses,  deductions or credits for any Fiscal
Year  will be in the same  proportions  as their  respective  shares  of the net
income or net loss of the Partnership allocated to them pursuant to the terms of
this Agreement.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  to the extent not inconsistent
with  the  allocation  of gain  provided  for  herein,  gain  recognized  by the
Partnership  which  represents   ordinary  income  by  reason  of  recapture  of
depreciation or cost recovery deductions for Federal income tax purposes will be
allocated to the Partner (or the Partner's  successor-in-interest)  to whom such
depreciation  or cost  recovery  deduction to which such  recapture  relates was
allocated.

9.2       ELECTIONS.  The   election   permitted  by Code  Section 754,  and any
other elections  required or permitted to be made by the  Partnership  under the
Code,  will be made  by the  Co-Managing  General  Partner  in such  Co-Managing
General Partner's sole and absolute discretion.

9.3       TAX MATTERS PARTNER.   The  General  Partners  will  from time to time
designate a Tax Matters Partner pursuant to Code Section 6231(a)(7).

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Jaytee Properties Limited Partnership                         Page 19 of 24

<PAGE>  107



                           10. DISSOLUTION AND WINDING-UP

10.1       EVENTS OCCASIONING DISSOLUTION.   The  Partnership  will dissolve and
terminate upon the occurrence of any of the following  events,  whichever  shall
first occur:

           10.1(a)     The  occurrence  of  an  event of withdrawal by a General
Partner under Section 362.445 of the Kentucky Uniform Limited  Partnership  Act;
provided,  however,  if there is a  remaining  General  Partner  such  remaining
General Partner will be obligated to continue the Partnership.  Further,  in the
event there are no remaining General Partners, then within 90 days of such event
of  withdrawal,  the Limited  Partners,  if they own more than 50 percent of the
outstanding  partnership  interests (excluding any Limited Partnership interests
held by a General Partner(s) whose withdrawal gave rise to the dissolution) may,
by unanimous  written  consent,  agree to the appointment of a succesor  General
Partner, effective as of the date of withdrawal of a General Partner(s).

           10.1(b)      December 31, 2036;

           10.1(c)      The written  consent of all the Partners to dissolve the
Partnership;
        
           10.1(d)      Subject  to the  Partners'  waiver  of the right to seek
judicial  dissolution,  an entry of a decree of judicial  dissolution  otherwise
occurring under the Kentucky Uniform Limited Partnership Act.

10.2      WINDING-UP.  The Partnership will be allowed one year from the date of
any event occasioning dissolution for the winding-up of its affairs and shall be
allowed such  additional  time as may be reasonable  for the orderly sale of the
Partnership properties.

10.3      EVENTS NOT OCCASIONING DISSOLUTION.  The Partnership will not dissolve
upon the death, bankruptcy, adjudication of incompetency or insanity, withdrawal
or  assignment of the  Partnership  Interest of a Limited  Partner.  In any such
event,  the  General  Partners  will  have the right  and duty to  continue  the
business of the Partnership under the terms of this Agreement.

                                11. MISCELLANEOUS

11.1      NON-FAMILY MEMBER PARTNER.  This Partnership will always have at least
one "Non-Family  Member Partner." A "Non-Family  Member Partner" means a partner
who is not a member of the Trager  family,  as the word  "family"  is defined in
Section 2704(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

11.2      AMENDMENTS.  This  Agreement may be amended from time to time upon the
written  consent of all of the General  Partners  and of the  Non-Family  Member
Partner.  However,  this  Agreement  will not be amended to change any Partner's
share of the liabilities or distributions without the consent of such Partner.

11.3      NOTICES.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Jaytee Properties Limited Partnership                         Page 20 of 24

<PAGE>  108



          11.3(a)       All  notices,  requests, demands or other communications
required or permitted  under this Agreement will be in writing and be personally
delivered against a written receipt,  delivered to a reputable messenger service
(such as  Federal  Express,  DHL  Courier,  United  Parcel  Service,  etc.)  for
overnight  delivery,  transmitted by confirmed  telephonic  facsimile  (fax), or
transmitted by mail, registered, express or certified, return receipt requested,
postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

                        11.3(a)(1)     If  given  to   the  Partnership,  to the
Partnership at its principal office; or

                        11.3(a)(2)     If  given  to a  Partner, to the  Partner
at the address set forth on the records of the Partnership.

          11.3(b)       All notices, demands and requests will be effective upon
being  properly  personally  delivered,  upon  being  delivered  to a  reputable
messenger service,  upon transmission of a confirmed fax or upon being deposited
in the United States mail as herein provided.  However, the time period in which
a response to any such notice,  demand or request must be given will commence to
run from the date of  personal  delivery,  the date of  delivery  by a reputable
messenger  service,  the  date on the  confirmation  of a fax or the date on the
return receipt, as applicable.

11.4      NO DELIVERY OF CERTIFICATES.  The General Partners are not required to
deliver  copies of any  Certificate  of  Limited  Partnership  or  amendment  or
cancellation to the Limited Partners.

11.5      GOVERNING LAW.   This  Agreement  will be construed in accordance with
and governed by the laws of the State of Kentucky.

11.6      ARBITRATION.  The parties will submit any and all  disputed  issues to
final and binding arbitration. A disputed issue means any disagreement in regard
to any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and any dispute between the
parties concerning their relationships, including issues not directly covered by
this  Agreement.  Any such  dispute  will not be  subject to appeal to any court
except to permit a party to seek  court  enforcement  of any  arbitration  award
rendered  hereunder.  If the  parties  agree  to  the  appointment  of a  single
arbitrator,  then the single  arbitrator  will  determine and decide any dispute
arising  hereunder.  If the parties  cannot  agree to the  selection of a single
arbitrator,  then  each  party  will  designate  an  attorney  to  serve  as  an
arbitrator,  and the  selected  attorneys  will select an  arbitrator,  who is a
certified public accountant, to be the third arbitrator.  The arbitrator(s) will
establish rules for the conduct of the arbitration consistent. The arbitrator(s)
will be impartial with the rules of the American  Arbitration  Association,  and
KRS 417.050 et seq. and will have no prior or present  relationship  with any of
the parties.  The  arbitration  hearing and  proceedings  will take place in the
State of  Kentucky,  and will be  enforceable  in the  State  of  Kentucky.  The
arbitrator(s) will be empowered to hear,  conclusively determine and resolve all
claims and disputes  between the parties.  Arbitration fees and expenses will be
shared  equally by the parties to the  arbitration.  The parties  agree that all
matters to be  arbitrated  and the  arbitration  award will be  maintained  on a
confidential  basis. All issues and the results thereof will not be disclosed by
the parties or their representatives,  and the parties and their representatives
will not report any of

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Jaytee Properties Limited Partnership                         Page 21 of 24

<PAGE>  109



their  proceedings to the public.  These  provisions will not prohibit any party
from securing witnesses, experts, or other advisors as is necessary in order for
the parties to present their case, etc.

11.7      POWER OF ATTORNEY.

          11.7(a)       Each   Partner,  in   accepting  this  Agreement, makes,
constitutes  and appoints the  Co-Managing  General  Partners with full power of
substitution,  as the Partner's  attorney-in-fact and personal representative to
sign, execute, certify,  acknowledge, file and record the Certificate of Limited
Partnership,  and to sign, execute,  certify,  acknowledge,  file and record all
appropriate instruments amending this Agreement,  and the Certificate of Limited
Partnership on behalf of the Partner.  In particular,  the  Co-Managing  General
Partners,  as  attorney-in-fact,  may sign,  acknowledge,  certify, and file and
record on the behalf of each Partner such instruments, agreements, and documents
that:

                        11.7(a)(1)      Reflect the  exercise by the Co-Managing
          General  Partner  of  any  of   the   powers granted to him under this
          Agreement;

                        11.7(a)(2)      Reflect   any  amendments  made  to this
          Agreement;

                        11.7(a)(3)      Reflect the admission or withdrawal of a
          General or Limited Partner; and

                        11.7(a)(4)      May  otherwise   be   required   of  the
          Partnership  or a  Partner  by  Federal  or State  law,  or the law of
          any other applicable jurisdiction.

         11.7(b)      The power of attorney herein given by each Limited Partner
is a  durable  power  and will  survive  the  disability  or  incapacity  of the
principal.  Further,  this power of attorney is irrevocable  and a power coupled
with an interest; therefore, it will not be revoked by the death, dissolution or
termination of any Partner.

11.8      PARTITION.  The Partners  agree that no Partner,  nor any successor in
interest to any Partner,  will have the right,  while this Agreement  remains in
effect,  to have any of the  Partnership's  property  partitioned,  or to file a
complaint or otherwise  institute any suit,  action,  or proceeding at law or in
equity to have any of the  Partnership's  property  partitioned.  Further,  each
Partner, on behalf of himself, his successors,  heirs, and assigns hereby waives
any such right.

11.9      WAIVER OF RIGHT TO COURT DECREE OF DISSOLUTION. The parties agree that
irreparable  damage  would be done to the  Partnership's  good will and business
affairs  if any  Partner  should  bring  an  action  in court  to  dissolve  the
Partnership.  Care has been taken in this  Agreement to provide what the parties
feel is fair and just payment in liquidation of the Partnership interests of all
Partners.  Accordingly,  each party hereby waives and renounces his or her right
to a court  decree of  dissolution  or to seek court  appointment  of a receiver
and/or  liquidator  for the  Partnership,  under any  statutory,  common law, or
regulatory rule, except as may be sought by the Partnership.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Jaytee Properties Limited Partnership                         Page 22 of 24

<PAGE>  110


11.10      AGREEMENT BINDING.  This  Agreement  will be binding upon the next of
kin,  heirs,  executors,  administrators,  successors and assigns of the parties
hereto.

11.11     INVALID PROVISIONS. The invalidity or unenforceability of a particular
provision of this Agreement will not affect the other provisions hereof, and the
Agreement will be construed in all respects as if such invalid or  unenforceable
provisions were omitted.

11.12     WAIVER. The failure to exercise any of the terms and conditions by the
parties will not be construed as a waiver of any other terms and  conditions  by
the parties, and, in addition, all terms and conditions hereof will be deemed to
be cumulative  and the exercise of any term or condition by the parties will not
be deemed a waiver of any other right,  and a failure to exercise any right will
not be deemed a waiver to exercise  any other right at that time or at any other
time or times.

11.13     THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES.   This  Agreement does not create, and will
not be construed as creating,  any rights  enforceable by any person not a party
to this Agreement.  In order to evidence their understanding of and agreement to
all the terms  and  conditions  of this  instrument,  the  parties  have  signed
multiple  copies of this  Agreement,  each one of which,  when signed by all the
parties, will be considered an original.

DATED: December 30, 1996.

GENERAL PARTNERS:
                                          
                                         
/S/ BERNARD M. TRAGER                   /S/ SHELLEY TRAGER KUSMAN
BERNARD M. TRAGER,                      SHELLEY TRAGER KUSMAN, LIMITED PARTNER
CO-MANAGING GENERAL PARTNER

/S/ STEVEN E. TRAGER                    /S/ SCOTT TRAGER
STEVEN E. TRAGER,                       SCOTT TRAGER, LIMITED PARTNER
CO-MANAGING GENERAL PARTNER


LIMITED PARTNERS:                      /S/ MARJORIE L. BASSLER VP&TD
                                       PNC BANK KENTUCY, INC.
                                       TRUSTEE OF THE BERNARD TRAGER TRUST
/S/ BERNARD M. TRAGER                  UNDER AGREEMENT
BERNARD M. TRAGER, LIMITED PARTNER     DATED DECEMBER 23, 1985, LIMITED
                                       PARTNER

/S/ JEAN S. TRAGER
JEAN S. TRAGER, LIMITED PARTNER        /S/ STEVEN E. TRAGER
                                       STEVEN E. TRAGER,
                                       TRUSTEE OF THE STEVEN E. TRAGER
/S/ STEVEN E. TRAGER                   REVOCABLE TRUST UNDER AGREEMENT,
STEVEN E. TRAGER, LIMITED PARTNER      DATED APRIL 3, 1995, LIMITED PARTNER

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Jaytee Properties Limited Partnership                         Page 23 of 24

<PAGE>  111


/S/ SHELDON G. GILMAN                  /S/ SHELDON G. GILMAN
SHELDON G. GILMAN,                     SHELDON G. GILMAN,
TRUSTEE OF THE ANDREW KUSMAN TRUST,    TRUSTEE OF THE BRETT KUSMAN TRUST,
DATED DECEMBER 27, 1989, LIMITED       DATED JANUARY 2, 1992, LIMITED PARTNER
PARTNER

                                       /S/ SHELDON G. GILMAN
/S/ SHELDON G. GILMAN,                 SHELDON G. GILMAN,
TRUSTEE OF THE MICHAEL KUSMAN TRUST,   TRUSTEE OF THE EMILY TRAGER TRUST,
DATED DECEMBER 27, 1989, LIMITED       DATED JUNE 1, 1992 LIMITED PARTNER
PARTNER

/S/ SHELDON G. GILMAN
SHELDON G. GILMAN,
TRUSTEE OF THE KEVIN TRAGER TRUST,
DATED DECEMBER 27, 1989, LIMITED
PARTNER





- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Jaytee Properties Limited Partnership                         Page 24 of 24

<PAGE>  112

                                AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                       TO
                        AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
                                      FOR
                   THE JAYTEE PROPERTIES LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

     Section  11.2  of  The Agreement  of Limited  Partnership  for  The  Jaytee
Properties Limited  Partnership,  effective December 30, 1996, (the "Partnership
Agreement")  provides that the Partnership may be amended from time to time upon
the written consent of the General Partners and the "Non-Family Member Partner."

     The General  Partners and the Non-Family  Member Partner now deem advisable
amendments to the  Partnership  Agreement as set forth  herein,  effective as of
February 6, 1998.

     The following Section is added to the Partnership Agreement:

6.8 FIDUCIARY DUTY OF PARTNERS. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary,
each of the Partners  shall have a fiduciary duty of good faith,  loyalty,  and
fair dealing towards the Partnership and the other Partners.  Accordingly, each
Partner is required to refrain from any activity  which is or may be detrimental
to each Partner's or the  Partnership's  best interests or which interferes with
the objectives for which the Partnership has been organized.

     In all other respects,  the  Partnership  Agreement,  as initially  adopted
effective December 30, 1996, shall remain in full force and effect.

     IN  TESTIMONY  WHEREOF,  this  Amendment  has been  executed,  in  multiple
counterparts, any one of which may be considered an original, February 6, 1998.

/S/ BERNARD M. TRAGER
Bernard M. Trager, General Partner

/S/ STEVEN E. TRAGER
Steven E. Trager, General Partner

/S/ SCOTT TRAGER
Scott Trager, Limited Partner ("Non-
Family Member Partner)



<PAGE>  113


                                                          EXHIBIT 99.6

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                                  AGREEMENT OF

                               LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

                                       FOR

                       TEEBANK FAMILY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------




 <PAGE>  114



                       TEEBANK FAMILY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>   <C>                                             <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>                                <C>

ARTICLE                                                                                                        PAGE

1.    ESTABLISHMENT OF PARTNERSHIP................................................................................1
         1.1      Formation and Controlling Law...................................................................1
         1.2      Name............................................................................................1
         1.3      Purposes........................................................................................1
         1.4      Powers..........................................................................................2
         1.5      Principal Place of Business.....................................................................2
         1.6      Term............................................................................................2
         1.7      Registered Agent................................................................................2
         1.8      Nature of Partners' Interests...................................................................2

2.    CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS; WITHDRAWALS; AND CAPITAL ACCOUNTS....................................................2
         2.1      Continuation of Capital Accounts................................................................2
         2.2      Units of Ownership Interests....................................................................2
         2.3      Required Subsequent Capital Contributions.......................................................2
         2.4      Additional Capital Contributions................................................................3
         2.5      Liability of Limited Partners...................................................................3
         2.6      Capital Accounts................................................................................3
         2.7      Additions to Capital Accounts...................................................................3
         2.8      Subtractions to Capital Accounts................................................................3
         2.9      Withdrawal of Capital...........................................................................4
         2.10     Interest on Capital Accounts and Contributions..................................................4
         2.11     Restriction on Registration of Interest.........................................................4

3.    PROFIT AND LOSS.............................................................................................4
         3.1      Definitions of Net Profit and Net Loss..........................................................4
         3.2      Allocation of Profits and Losses................................................................4
         3.3      Allocations in Event of Transfer, Admission of New Partner, Etc.................................6
         3.4      Definitions:  Adjustment Dates;  Operations Period..............................................6
         3.5      Retention of Distributable Income as Capital Reserves...........................................6

4.    DISTRIBUTIONS...............................................................................................6
         4.1      Distribution Other Than Upon Winding-Up.........................................................6
         4.2      Property Distributions..........................................................................6
         4.3      Distributions Upon Winding-Up...................................................................7

5.    ACCOUNTING..................................................................................................7
         5.1      Books and Records...............................................................................7
         5.2      Fiscal Year.....................................................................................7
         5.3      Reports.........................................................................................7
         5.4      Federal Income Tax Status and Elections.........................................................7

6.    MANAGEMENT..................................................................................................8
         6.1      Management by General Partners..................................................................8


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Teebank Family Limited Partnership                                                                        Page i

<PAGE>  115



         6.2      Appointment of Co-Managing General Partner......................................................9
         6.3      Voting the Partnership's Republic  Bancorp, Inc. Shares.........................................9
         6.4      Liabilities of the General Partners............................................................10
         6.5      Other Interests................................................................................10
         6.6      Standard of Care of General Partners; Indemnification..........................................10
         6.7      Limited Partners...............................................................................11

7.    WITHDRAWAL.................................................................................................11
         7.1      Restrictions on Withdrawal, Substitution and Transfer..........................................11
         7.2      No Withdrawal by General Partners..............................................................11
         7.3      Withdrawals by Limited Partners................................................................12

8.    TRANSFERS; SUBSTITUTION; ADDITIONAL PARTNERS...............................................................12
         8.1      Assignment of Limited Partner's Interest.......................................................12
         8.2      Voluntary Transfers of Limited Partner's Interests.............................................12
         8.3      Involuntary Transfers of Limited Partner Interests.............................................13
         8.4      Determination of Value.........................................................................15
         8.5      Payment of Purchase Price......................................................................15
         8.6      Extension of Time for Payment of Purchase Price................................................16
         8.7      Death or Incapacity of Limited Partner.........................................................16
         8.8      Substitute Limited Partners....................................................................16
         8.9      Transfers of General Partnership Interests.....................................................16
         8.10     Incapacity of a General Partner................................................................17
         8.11     Successor General Partner......................................................................18
         8.12     Fiduciaries As Partners........................................................................18
         8.13     Additional Partners............................................................................18

9.    FEDERAL INCOME TAX MATTERS.................................................................................19
         9.1      Distributive Shares............................................................................19
         9.2      Elections......................................................................................19
         9.3      Tax Matters Partner............................................................................19

10.    DISSOLUTION AND WINDING-UP................................................................................19
         10.1     Events Occasioning Dissolution.................................................................19
         10.2     Winding-Up.....................................................................................19
         10.3     Events Not Occasioning Dissolution.............................................................20

11.    MISCELLANEOUS.............................................................................................20
         11.1     Amendments.....................................................................................20
         11.2     Notices........................................................................................20
         11.3     No Delivery of Certificates....................................................................20
         11.4     Governing Law..................................................................................20
         11.5     Arbitration....................................................................................20
         11.6     Power of Attorney..............................................................................21
         11.7     Partition......................................................................................21
         11.8     Waiver of Right to Court Decree of Dissolution.................................................22
         11.9     Agreement Binding..............................................................................22
         11.10    Invalid Provisions.............................................................................22
         11.11    Waiver.........................................................................................22
         11.12    Third Party Beneficiaries......................................................................22

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Teebank Family Limited Partnership                                                                        Page ii

<PAGE>  116





- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Teebank Family Limited Partnership                                                                        Page iii
</TABLE>

<PAGE>  117



                                  AGREEMENT OF
                               LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

          THIS  AGREEMENT  OF LIMITED  PARTNERSHIP  is made and entered  into by
those persons identified as General Partners and Limited Partners on Schedule A,
attached hereto and incorporated  herein by reference.  The General Partners and
the Limited Partners hereinafter identified are referred to as the "Partners."

          The Partners desire to form a Limited  Partnership (the "Partnership")
for the  purposes  set  forth  herein,  and in  consideration  of  their  mutual
agreements, they agree as follows.

                         1. ESTABLISHMENT OF PARTNERSHIP

1.1       FORMATION AND CONTROLLING LAW.

          1.1(a)     This  Limited  Partnership is  a continuation of The Jaytee
Properties  Limited  Partnership  formed  pursuant to a  Certificate  of Limited
Partnership filed with the Kentucky  Secretary of State's office on December 30,
1996, and governed  pursuant to a written  limited  partnership  agreement dated
December 30, 1996.

          1.1(b)     The   parties  hereto   will   receive  general and limited
partnership  interests  in  Teebank  Family  Limited  Partnership  in  the  same
proportion as their interests in the Jaytee  Properties  Limited  Partnership by
virtue of that certain Partnership  Division Agreement dated May __, 1998 by and
between The Jaytee  Properties  Limited  Partnership  and Teebank Family Limited
Partnership  (the "Division  Agreement").  The ownership and  proportions of the
general and limited partnership  interests in Teebank Family Limited Partnership
will be listed on Schedule A.

          1.1(c)     Accordingly, the  parties  hereto  hereby form this limited
partnership   pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  the  Kentucky  Uniform  Limited
Partnership  Act.  The rights and duties of the  Partners are as provided in the
Kentucky  Uniform Limited  Partnership Act except as modified by this Agreement.
The law of the  State  of  Kentucky  is to apply to all  questions  and  matters
pertaining to this  Agreement.  The Partners will take all actions  necessary or
appropriate to allow the Partnership to carry on its business in accordance with
the terms of this  Agreement,  and Kentucky  law.  Further,  for Federal tax law
purposes,  references are made to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,
and such references are hereinafter to as the "Code."

1.2       NAME.   The  name  of  the   Partnership  is  TEEBANK  FAMILY  LIMITED
PARTNERSHIP  (the  "Partnership")  or such other name  selected  by the  General
Partners as may be permitted by law. The Partnership will file such certificates
of fictitious name as may be required by law.

1.3       PURPOSES.  The  Partnership is formed for the purposes of effectuating
the division of The Jaytee Properties Limited Partnership  pursuant to the terms
of the Division  Agreement.  The Partnership is being established as a Qualified
Family Partnership as defined in the Bank Holding Company Act. The activities of
the  Partnership  will be limited to those  activities  permitted  for Qualified
Family Partnerships.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Teebank Family Limited Partnership                                 Page 1 of 23

<PAGE>  118



1.4       POWERS.  The   Partnership   will  have  the   power to  do all things
necessary or  desirable  in the conduct of its business to the fullest  possible
extent permitted by law.

1.5       PRINCIPAL  PLACE OF BUSINESS.  The principal place of business for the
Partnership is Oldham County,  Kentucky and/or such other place or places as the
Partners may from time to time  determine.  The Managing or Co-Managing  General
Partner  will  notify the  Partners  of the  establishment  of any office of the
Partnership in addition to, or replacement of, the principal  office name herein
or  any  replacement  thereof.  The  General  Partners  will  maintain,  at  the
Partnership's principal office in Kentucky, those items referred to and required
by the Kentucky Uniform Limited Partnership Act Section 362.409.

1.6       TERM.  The term of the  Partnership  will  commence on the filing of a
Certificate  of Limited  Partnership  in the office of the Secretary of State of
Kentucky and will continue until  dissolved in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement regarding Dissolution and Winding-Up.

1.7       REGISTERED AGENT.  The   name  and   address   of   the  Partnership's
registered  agent,  and the address of  Partnership's  registered  office in the
State of Kentucky, is as follows:

                                Sheldon G. Gilman
                             462 South Fourth Avenue
                           Louisville, Kentucky, 40202

1.8       NATURE OF PARTNERS'  INTERESTS.  The  interests of the Partners in the
Partnership  will be personal  property.  All property owned by the Partnership,
whether real or personal, tangible or intangible, or mixed, will be deemed to be
owned  by  the  Partnership  as an  entity,  and  no  Partner,  individually  or
otherwise, will have any ownership interest in such property.

          2. CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS; WITHDRAWALS; AND CAPITAL ACCOUNTS

2.1       CONTINUATION OF CAPITAL ACCOUNTS.  The partners' capital accounts will
continue as established upon the Jaytee Properties Limited  Partnership's  books
and records,  except that such capital  accounts will be adjusted to reflect the
division of the Jaytee Properties Limited Partnership.

2.2       UNITS OF OWNERSHIP  INTERESTS.  A Partner's  ownership interest may be
evidenced by Units of Ownership  Interests as established  and maintained on the
Partnership's books and records.  Further, the transfer of a Partner's ownership
interest may be evidenced by the transfer of such  Partner's  Units of Ownership
Interests.

2.3       REQUIRED SUBSEQUENT CAPITAL  CONTRIBUTIONS.  Any General Partner whose
capital account has a deficit balance at the time of liquidation of such General
Partner's  interest  agrees to contribute to the capital of the  Partnership  an
amount of cash necessary to bring such General  Partner's  Capital Account up to
zero. Such amount will be paid to the Partnership by the later of the end of the
taxable  year  in  question  or 90 days  after  the  date  of the  Partnership's
liquidation,  and such amount will be available for payment to the Partnership's
creditors or for  distribution to those Partners having positive Capital Account
balances.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Teebank Family Limited Partnership                                 Page 2 of 23

<PAGE>  119



2.4       ADDITIONAL CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS.

          2.4(a)       No   Partner   will   be  required  to  make any  capital
contribution in addition to that hereinabove required.

          2.4(b)       If additional contributions are necessary or appropriate,
then the Partners may make additional contributions in such amounts as necessary
in order for the Partners to maintain their proportionate percentage interest in
the  Partnership.  If not  all of the  Partners  elect  to  make  an  additional
contribution,  then the other  Partners may make capital  contributions  for the
portion  not  contributed  by those  Partners  who have  elected  not to make an
additional capital contribution.

2.5       LIABILITY  OF LIMITED  PARTNERS.  Limited  Partners  will not have any
personal  liability  for  Partnership  debts,   obligations  or  losses  of  the
Partnership  in  excess  of  the  Limited  Partner's   obligation  to  make  the
contribution to the Partnership as set forth in Schedule A of this Agreement.

2.6       CAPITAL ACCOUNTS.

          2.6(a)       A separate capital account  ("Capital  Account") will  be
maintained  for each  General  Partner  and for each  Limited  Partner,  and all
Capital  Accounts will be maintained in accordance  with the capital  accounting
rules  of  Code  Section  704(b),  and the  provisions  of  Treasury  Department
Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv), and this Agreement will be so construed.

          2.6(b)       If a Partner transfers all or any part of such  Partner's
interest in the Partnership, as provided and limited in this Agreement, then the
Capital  Account  of the  transferor  will  become  the  Capital  Account of the
transferee to the extent of the Partnership interest transferred.

2.7       ADDITIONS  TO CAPITAL  ACCOUNTS.  Subsequent  to the  opening  Capital
Account,  a Partner's  Capital Account will be increased by the following items:
(a) such Partner's cash contributions to the Partnership's capital; (b) the fair
market value, as agreed upon, of any property  contributed to the capital of the
Partnership by a Partner (net of liability secured by such contributed  property
that the  Partnership  is  considered  to assume or take  subject  to under Code
Section  752);  (c)  such  Partner's  share  of  the  Partnership  realized  and
unrealized  profits and any gains (whether or not any such items are exempt from
tax); (d) such Partner's share of income described in Code Section 705(a)(1)(B);
and (e) such other  amounts  that are  required  for the  Capital  Account to be
determined and maintained in accordance with Treasury Regulations.

2.8       SUBTRACTIONS TO CAPITAL ACCOUNTS.  Subsequent  to  the opening Capital
Account, a Partner's Capital Account will be reduced by the following items:

          2.8(a)       Such   Partner's  share of the Partnership's realized and
unrealized losses (including expenditures described in Code Section 705(a)(2)(B)
or  treated  as  an  expenditure  by  reason  of  Treasury   Regulation  Section
1.704-1(b)(2));
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Teebank Family Limited Partnership                                 Page 3 of 23

<PAGE>  120



           2.8(b)      The  amount of cash and the fair market value of property
distributed  (net of any  liabilities  assumed  by such  Partner or to which the
distributed property is subject); and

           2.8(c)      Such   other  amounts  tha  are  required for the Capital
Account to be determined and maintained in accordance with Treasury Regulations.

2.9       WITHDRAWAL  OF CAPITAL.  No Partner  will be  entitled to withdraw any
part  of  their  capital  contribution  to  the  Partnership,   or  receive  any
distributions  from the  Partnership,  except as provided in this Agreement.  No
Partner will be entitled to demand or receive any property from the  Partnership
other than cash, except as otherwise in this Agreement.

2.10      INTEREST ON CAPITAL  ACCOUNTS  AND  CONTRIBUTIONS.  No Partner will be
entitled to interest on any capital  contribution  or on such Partner's  Capital
Account.

2.11      RESTRICTION  ON  REGISTRATION  OF  INTEREST.   Registration   will  be
restricted to the extent  required so that the Partnership is not deemed to be a
"publicly traded partnership" under the Code. Partnership interests will only be
registered in the name of the  beneficial  owner.  The  Partnership  will not be
bound to recognize  any equitable or other claim to such interest on the part of
any other  person (such as a broker,  dealer,  bank,  trust  company or clearing
corporation) which is acting as a nominee, agent or in some other representative
capacity, whether or not the Partnership will have knowledge thereof, except for
the following:  (a) interests held by a guardian,  custodian or conservator  for
the benefit of a minor or  incompetent;  (b)  interests  held by a trust for the
benefit of a Partner or Partner's spouse, parent, parent-in-law, issue, brother,
sister,  brother-in-law,  sister-in-law,  niece, nephew,  cousin,  grandchild or
grandchild-in-law;  and  (c)  interests  held  by a  fiduciary  for  other  like
beneficiaries.  An interest in the Partnership will only be traded in accordance
with the Department of the Treasury's rules and regulations then in effect which
set forth the parameters within which a partnership may act and not be deemed to
be a "publicly traded  partnership"  under the Code. In no event may an interest
in the Partnership be listed on an established securities exchange.

                               3. PROFIT AND LOSS

3.1       DEFINITIONS  OF NET  PROFIT AND NET LOSS.  Profits  and losses for any
Operations Period, as hereinafter  defined,  will be computed in the same manner
as the  Partnership  reports its income for Federal income tax purposes,  except
that (i) income of the  Partnership  that is exempt from tax, and expenses  that
are not  deductible  for tax  purposes  under the Code will be  included  in the
computation,  and (ii)  unrealized  gain or loss will be taken  into  account as
provided herein. The principles of Treasury Regulation Section  1.704-1(b)(4)(i)
will be applied,  when necessary,  to prevent duplication or omission of Capital
Account adjustments,  including,  without limitation,  those arising from deemed
sales as provided in this Agreement.

3.2       ALLOCATION OF PROFITS AND LOSSES.

          3.2(a)       Except  as  hereinafter  provided,  the Partnership's net
profits and losses for each Operations  Period will be allocated to the Partners
on a pro rata basis based upon each Partner's
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Teebank Family Limited Partnership                                 Page 4 of 23

<PAGE>  121



ownership  interests,  as reflected by such Partner's  Capital  Account,  to the
total of all Partners' ownership interests as reflected by all Capital Accounts.

          3.2(b)      For    income  tax  purposes   only,   depreciation  (cost
recovery)  deductions,  depletion  deductions  and gain or loss with  respect to
assets  contributed  by a Partner will be allocated  among the Partners so as to
take into account the difference  between the adjusted basis of the asset at the
time of its  contribution  and the agreed  value of the asset.  An asset will be
considered  contributed  by a  Partner  if it has a basis  in the  hands  of the
Partnership which is determined,  in whole or in part, by reference to the basis
of an asset actually  contributed by a Partner (or previously deemed contributed
by a Partner pursuant hereto).

          3.2(c)      Net   losses   for   any   Operations  Period which  would
otherwise be allocated with respect to a Partnership interest owned by a Limited
Partner and which would cause such Limited  Partner to have an Adjusted  Capital
Account Deficit, will instead be allocated pro rata among the General Partners.

          3.2(d)      If any Limited Partner receives an adjustment, allocation,
or     distribution,     described     in    Treasury     Regulation     Section
1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4),  (5), or (6), items of Partnership gross income will be
specifically  allocated  to  such  Limited  Partner  in  an  amount  and  manner
sufficient to eliminate any Adjusted  Capital  Account  Deficit  created by such
adjustments,   allocation,  or  distributions  as  quickly  as  possible.  These
provisions  are intended to constitute a "qualified  income  offset"  within the
meaning  of  Treasury  Regulation  Section   1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)  and  will  be
interpreted and implemented as provided therein.

          3.2(e)      After   satisfaction   of   any   allocations  hereinabove
required,  if there have been any net losses allocated to the General  Partners,
as hereinabove  provided,  then the  Partnership's  net profit for an Operations
Period will be allocated pro rata among the General  Partners  until the General
Partners have received  allocations  of net profit equal in the aggregate to any
net losses previously allocated to them as hereinabove provided.

          3.2(f)      An "Adjusted Capital Account Deficit" exists  with respect
to a Limited Partner if the Limited  Partner's  Capital Account,  determined for
this purpose by reducing the Capital  Account by the items described in Treasury
Regulation Section  1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4),  (5), and (6) and by increasing the
Capital  Account  by  the  amount  described  in  Treasury   Regulation  Section
1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c)  that the Partner is  obligated  to restore,  is a negative
amount.

          3.2(g)      If  there  is  a net decrease in the Partnership's Minimum
Gain,  as provided  by Treasury  Regulation  Section  1.704-2(b)(2),  or Partner
Nonrecourse  Debt  Minimum  Gain,  as provided by  Treasury  Regulation  Section
1.704-2(i)(3),  during an  Operations  Period,  each Partner will be  allocated,
before  any  other  allocations,  items of income  and gain for such  Operations
Period, and subsequent  Periods if necessary,  an amount equal to such Partner's
share  of the  net  decrease  in  the  Partnership's  Minimum  Gain  or  Partner
Nonrecourse  Debt Minimum  Gain,  as  applicable,  for such  Operations  Period;
provided that no such  allocation  will be required if any of the exceptions set
forth in Treasury  Regulation Section 1.704-2(f) apply. It is intended that this
provision  constitute a "MINIMUM GAIN CHARGEBACK" within the meaning of Treasury
Regulation Section 1.704-2.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Teebank Family Limited Partnership                                 Page 5 of 23

<PAGE>  122



3.3       ALLOCATIONS  IN EVENT OF TRANSFER,  ADMISSION OF NEW PARTNER,  ETC. In
the  event  of  the  transfer  of all or any  part  of a  Partner's  Partnership
interest, as provided and limited by this Agreement,  at any time other than the
end of a Fiscal Year, the admission of a new Partner or disproportionate capital
contributions, the transferring Partner's, new Partner's or continuing Partners'
shares of the Partnership's income, gain, loss, deductions and credits allocable
to such Partnership  interest will be allocated  between the transferor  Partner
and the  transferee  Partner(s)  in the same ratio as the number of days in such
Fiscal Year before and after the date of such event;  provided  that the General
Partners  may treat the periods  before and after such event as separate  Fiscal
Years.

3.4       DEFINITIONS:  ADJUSTMENT DATES;  OPERATIONS PERIOD.

          3.4(a)        The  "Adjustment Dates"   of the Partnership will be the
date of  dissolution  of the  Partnership  and  each  date on  which  there is a
distribution in kind of property of the Partnership,  a contribution of money or
other property  (other than a DE MINIMIS  amount) to the Partnership by a new or
existing  Partner as  consideration  of an  interest  in the  Partnership,  or a
distribution  of money (other than a DE MINIMIS  amount) by the Partnership to a
retiring  or  continuing  Partner  as  consideration  for  an  interest  in  the
Partnership.

          3.4(b)         An "Operations  Period" of the  Partnership will be the
period  beginning  on the date  hereof,  the  first  day of a fiscal  year or an
Adjustment  Date (as the  case may be) and  ending  on the  earlier  of the next
succeeding Adjustment Date or the last day of a fiscal year.

3.5       RETENTION OF  DISTRIBUTABLE  INCOME AS CAPITAL  RESERVES.  The General
Partners  may elect to  retain  from the  distributions  of  available  cash any
amounts which, in the General Partners' judgment, are needed to provide reserves
and working capital for anticipated investments and operating expenses.

                                4. DISTRIBUTIONS

4.1       DISTRIBUTION  OTHER THAN UPON WINDING-UP.  The Managing or Co-Managing
General  Partner,  or the General  Partner(s),  if there are no Managing General
Partners, will determine in their sole discretion, whether distributions will be
made to any  particular  General or Limited  Partner  (including  the Partner(s)
authorizing  the  distribution)  or whether  the  Partnership's  income  will be
reinvested;  provided,  however,  that such  distributions  will be made to each
Partner pro rata based upon the proportion of each Partner's ownership interests
to the  total  of all  Partners'  interests,  determined  as of the  date of the
distribution.   Distributions   may  only  be  cash,  and  the  amount  of  cash
distributions  will only be such amount  which  exceeds the  reasonable  working
reserves needed for the Partnership's operations.

4.2       PROPERTY DISTRIBUTIONS.  If property,  other than cash, is distributed
to a Partner,  the fair market value of such  property will be used for purposes
of determining the amount of such distribution.  The difference, if any, of such
fair market value over (or under) the value at which such property is carried on
the books of the Partnership will be credited or charged to the Capital Accounts
of the Partners in accordance  with the ratio in which the partners share in the
gain and loss

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Teebank Family Limited Partnership                                 Page 6 of 23

<PAGE>  123



of the Partnership.  The fair market value of the property will be determined by
the Managing or CoManaging General Partners or the General Partners if there are
no Managing Partners.

4.3       DISTRIBUTIONS UPON WINDING-UP.  Upon the dissolution and winding up of
the  Partnership,  the  assets of the  Partnership  will be  distributed  in the
following order of priority:  (a) to the payment of the debts and liabilities of
the Partnership and the expenses of winding-up,  including the  establishment of
any reserves to pay any  anticipated  and contingent  liabilities or obligations
which the Managing or  Co-Managing or General  Partners,  as the case may be, in
their sole  discretion,  deem  appropriate.  Any such  reserves  will be charged
against the Partners'  Capital  Accounts on a pro rata based upon the proportion
of each Partner's ownership  interests to the total of all Partners'  interests,
which reserve,  prior to payment of such  liabilities and  obligations,  will be
placed in the hands of an escrow  agent for such  period  and upon such terms as
the General  Partners will determine;  (b) to repay any loans to the Partnership
by a  Partner,  including  any  deferred  payment  obligation  to a Partner or a
Partner's  personal  representative  as  the  result  of  a  redemption  by  the
Partnership of such Partner's  interest;  (c) to the Partners in an amount equal
to any credit balance in their Capital  Accounts (as a negative  Capital Account
balance will be  considered a loan from the  Partnership  to the Partner for the
purpose of  determining  distributions  upon  dissolution),  so that the Capital
Account of each Partner will be brought  back to zero;  and (d) the balance,  if
any, will be  distributed  to the Partners in an amount equal to each  Partner's
percentage interest in the Partnership.

                                  5. ACCOUNTING

5.1       BOOKS AND  RECORDS.  The General  Partners  will  maintain the general
accounts  of the  Partnership.  The books of the  Partnership  will be kept on a
basis  consistent  with the  provisions of this  Agreement and determined in the
same manner as the Partnership computes its income (loss) for Federal income tax
purposes;  provided,  however, that the Partnership will not use the installment
method for book purposes.  Such books and records,  and the items referred to in
Kentucky Uniform Limited  Partnership Act Section 362.409(1) will be open to the
inspection  and  examination  of  all  Partners,  in  person  or by  their  duly
authorized  representatives,  at reasonable  times. The books of the Partnership
will be  maintained  using a method of  accounting  as determined by the General
Partners.

5.2       FISCAL YEAR.  The fiscal year of the Partnership will be the calendar
year.

5.3       REPORTS.  As  soon  as practicable after the close of each fiscal year
the  partnership  will furnish  each  partner  with a copy of the  partnership's
financial  statements  for  such  year and with a  statement  of such  partner's
capital account, as reflected on the books of the partnership. each partner will
also be supplied with all information  with respect to the partnership  required
in connection with the preparation of such partner's tax returns.

5.4       FEDERAL INCOME TAX STATUS AND ELECTIONS.

          5.4(a)      This Limited Partnership will constitute a Partnership for
Federal income tax purposes,  and the General  Partners will report all items of
income, gain, loss, deduction and credit as a Partnership and in accordance with
the  Partnership  taxation  rules  pursuant  to the  Internal  Revenue  Code and
Treasury Regulations.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Teebank Family Limited Partnership                                 Page 7 of 23

<PAGE>  124



          5.4(b)      All  elections  required  or  permitted  to be made by the
Partnership  under the Code will be made by the General  Partners in such manner
as will, in their opinion, be most advantageous to a majority in interest of the
Limited Partners.

                                  6. MANAGEMENT

6.1       MANAGEMENT  BY  GENERAL   PARTNERS.   The  business   affairs  of  the
Partnership  will be managed  by the  General  Partners.  All  decisions  of the
General Partners,  including but not limited to Partnership distributions,  will
be made in  accordance  with the  decision  of the  General  Partner  or General
Partners holding a majority of the General Partner  interests.  Deadlock between
the General  Partners on any issue will be deemed a disputed  issue for purposes
of this Agreement and will be resolved  through  arbitration as provided in this
Agreement.  The General Partners will have all necessary powers to carry out the
purposes  of the  Partnership,  and in addition  to the  authority  given to the
General  Partners by this  Agreement and by law, the General  Partners will have
the specific authority to take the following actions.

          6.1(a)      The General Partners will have the authority, at any time,
and from  time-to-time,  to sell,  exchange,  lease  and/or  transfer  legal and
equitable title to the  Partnership  property upon such terms and conditions and
for  such  considerations  as the  General  Partners  consider  reasonable.  The
execution of any document or  conveyance  or lease by a General  Partner will be
sufficient  to  transfer  complete  legal and  equitable  title to the  interest
conveyed  without  the  joiner,  ratification,  or consent of the  Partners.  No
Purchaser,  tenant,  transferee or obligor will have any obligation  whatever to
see to the application of payments
made to the General Partners.

          6.1(b)      The  General  Partners  will have the authority to retain,
without  liability,  any and all  property in the form it is  received,  without
regard  to its  productivity  or the  proportion  that any one asset or class of
assets may bear to the whole.  The General  Partners will not have  liability or
responsibility  for loss of  income  from or  depreciation  in the  value of the
property  that was retained in the form in which the General  Partners  received
it.

          6.1(c)      The  General Partners  will  have  the authority to employ
such  consultants  and  professional  help  as  the  General  Partners  consider
necessary to assist in the prudent management, acquisition, leasing and transfer
of the  Partnership  property,  and to obtain such  policies of insurance as the
General  Partners  consider  reasonably  necessary  to protect  the  Partnership
property from loss or liability.

          6.1(d)      The General Partners will be permitted to register or take
title to Partnership  assets in the name of the Partnership or as trustee,  with
or  without  disclosing  the  identity  of  the  principal,  or  to  permit  the
registration of securities in "street name" under a custodial  arrangement  with
an established securities brokerage firm, trust department or other custodian.

          6.1(e)      Insofar  as   the  law will  permit, a General Partner who
succeeds another will be responsible only for the property and records delivered
by or otherwise  acquired from the preceding General Partner,  and may accept as
correct the accounting of the preceding General Partner without
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Teebank Family Limited Partnership                                 Page 8 of 23

<PAGE>  125



duty to audit the accounting or to inquire  further into the  administration  of
the predecessor, and without liability for a predecessor's errors and omissions.

          6.1(f)      No  one  serving as  a General Partner will be required to
furnish a fiduciary bond or other  security as a prerequisite  to such Partner's
service.

6.2       APPOINTMENT OF CO-MANAGING GENERAL PARTNER.  The General Partners,  if
there is more than one General  Partner,  may appoint one or more of the General
Partners  to  serve as the  Managing  General  Partner  or  Co-Managing  General
Partner.  As between the General  Partners,  either of the  Co-Managing  General
Partners will have the right to make all decisions,  execute all documents,  and
take all action on behalf of the Partnership.

          6.2(a)      The  Co-Managing  General  Partners will be Bernard Trager
and Steven E. Trager.  If either Bernard Trager or Steven E. Trager ceases to be
a General Partner,  resigns as a CoManaging  General Partner,  or becomes ill or
incapacitated,  then the remaining  Co-Managing  General Partner will become the
sole Managing  General  Partner and will be authorized  and empowered to act for
the Partnership  and, in his name and place,  take all actions and do all things
as deemed necessary and appropriate.

          6.2(b)      Any  person dealing with the Partnership may rely upon the
signed and certified  affidavit of the Managing or Co-Managing  General  Partner
which states:

                      "On my oath, and under the penalties of perjury,
            I swear that I am the duly elected and authorized Managing
            (Co-Managing)       General       Partner      of      the
            _____________________________(name        of       limited
            partnership);  I certify  that I have not been  removed as
            the Managing  (Co-Managing)  General  Partner and have the
            authority       to      act       for       and       bind
            _____________________________     (name     of     limited
            partnership) in the transaction of the business which this
            affidavit is given as affirmation of my authority."

          6.2(c)      The  Co-Managing  General Partners  will  be entitled to a
reasonable annual  compensation for services  rendered to the Partnership,  this
compensation  to be measured by the time required in the  administration  of the
Partnership, the value of property under administration,  and the responsibility
assumed in  discharge  of the duties of office.  A General  Partner also will be
entitled to a reimbursement  for all reasonable and necessary  business expenses
incurred in the administration of the Partnership.

6.3       VOTING THE PARTNERSHIP'S REPUBLIC  BANCORP, INC. SHARES.

          6.3(a)      If the  Partnership  owns  any shares of Republic Bancorp,
Inc.  ("Republic")  stock,  then the Managing or Co-Managing  General  Partner's
right to vote the Republic shares will be limited as herein provided.  The right
to direct the voting of Republic stock will be vested in a committee composed of
at least  three  persons  to be  known as the  "Voting  Committee."  The  Voting
Committee will consist of at least one limited  partner.  The initial members of
the Voting Committee who will serve as such until their successors are appointed
and assume such position on the

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Teebank Family Limited Partnership                                 Page 9 of 23

<PAGE>  126



Committee will be Bernard M. Trager,  Steven E. Trager,  Sheldon G. Gilman,  and
Scott  Trager.  In the event any person  who is then  serving as a member of the
Voting  Committee  resigns or is otherwise  unable to continue to serve as such,
then the remaining  members of the Voting  Committee  will appoint the successor
Voting Committee member.

          6.3(b)        The  Voting Committee's  right to direct the Managing or
Co-Managing  General  Partner in voting  Republic  shares applies to each matter
which is brought  before an annual or special  meeting  of the  shareholders  of
Republic  stock.  Before  each  such  shareholders'   meeting  the  Managing  or
Co-Managing General Partner will provide the Voting Committee with copies of all
proxy solicitation materials pertaining to the exercise of such rights, and such
materials  will  contain  all the  information  distributed  to  other  Republic
shareholders. The Voting Committee will then determine, by majority vote, how to
direct  the  Managing  or  Co-Managing  General  Partner  to vote the  shares of
Republic stock.

          6.3(c)        The  Voting  Committee's decisions  will  be binding and
conclusive on the Managing and/or Co-Managing  Partner, who will vote all shares
of Republic stock in accordance with the directions of the Voting Committee.

6.4       LIABILITIES OF THE GENERAL  PARTNERS.  The General  Partners and their
agents will not be liable,  responsible  or accountable in damages or otherwise,
to the  Partnership  or to any of the Partners for any acts performed or omitted
to be  performed  in good faith.  Such good faith  errors will mean  mistakes of
judgment or losses due to such mistakes or to the negligence or bad faith of any
employee,  broker,  advisor or other agent or  representative of the Partnership
(provided that such agent or representative  was selected with reasonable care).
The General  Partners may consult with legal counsel selected by the Co-Managing
General  Partners and will have no liability for the  consequences of any action
or omission  resulting  from good faith  reliance on the advice of such counsel.
The  exculpation  provided in this section shall apply to the agents,  employees
and other legal representatives of each General Partner.

6.5       OTHER  INTERESTS.  The General  Partners and the Limited  Partners may
engage in or possess  interests in other  business  ventures of every nature and
description,  whether or not competitive  with the business of the  Partnership,
independently or with others,  and neither the Partnership nor any Partner will,
by virtue of this Agreement, have any rights in or to such other ventures or the
income or profits derived therefrom.

6.6       STANDARD OF CARE OF GENERAL PARTNERS; INDEMNIFICATION.

          6.6(a)        A General  Partner  will not be liable,  responsible  or
accountable  in  damages  to any  Partner,  or the  Partnership,  for any act or
omission  on behalf of the  Partnership  performed  or omitted  by such  General
Partner  in good  faith  and in a manner  reasonably  believed  by such  General
Partner to be within the scope of the authority  granted to the General Partners
by this  Agreement  and in the best  interests of the  Partnership,  unless such
General Partner has been guilty of gross  negligence or willful  misconduct with
respect to such acts or omissions.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Teebank Family Limited Partnership                                Page 10 of 23

<PAGE>  127



          6.6(b)        The Partnership will indemnify the General Partners for,
and hold the General Partners  harmless from, any loss or damage incurred by the
General Partners by reason of any act or omission so performed or omitted by the
General Partners (and not involving gross negligence or willful misconduct).

6.7       LIMITED  PARTNERS.  Except for the voting rights that may be held by a
Limited Partner who is also a member of the Voting Committee, as provided above,
no person in such person's  capacity as a Limited Partner will have any voice in
or take part in the management of the business or affairs of the  Partnership or
have the right or  authority  to act for or bind the  Partnership.  The  Limited
Partners will not be liable for any of the losses,  debts or  liabilities of the
Partnership in excess of their respective Capital  Contributions and any profits
allocated to their Capital Accounts,  except as otherwise  expressly provided by
law. General Partners may also be Limited Partners.

                                 7. WITHDRAWAL.

7.1       RESTRICTIONS ON WITHDRAWAL,  SUBSTITUTION  AND TRANSFER.  This Limited
Partnership was formed by a family, a closely-held  group, and they know, depend
upon,  and trust one another,  and have either  surrendered  certain  management
rights in exchange for limited liability (as in the case of Limited Partners) or
assumed  sole  management  responsibility  and risk (as in the case of a General
Partner),  based upon their relationship and trust.  Furthermore,  as Capital is
also material to the business and investment  objectives of the  Partnership and
its federal tax status, any unauthorized substitution or transfer of a Partner's
interest  in  the  Partnership  could  create  a  substantial  hardship  on  the
Partnership,   jeopardize  its  Capital  base,  and  adversely  affect  its  tax
structure.  These  restrictions on substitution and transfer are intended merely
as a method to protect and preserve the  existing  relationships  based upon the
trust of the Partners and the Partnership's capital and its financial ability to
continue.

7.2       NO WITHDRAWAL BY GENERAL PARTNERS.

          7.2(a)       No  General  Partner  may  withdraw from the Partnership 
before its dissolution.

          7.2(b)       Any General Partner, who, notwithstanding the prohibition
on  withdrawal  as set forth  above,  gives  written  notice  of such  Partner's
intention to withdraw as provided in ss. 362.463 of the Kentucky Uniform Limited
Partnership  Act will be entitled to a  distribution  equal to the lesser of the
following:

                       7.2(b)(1)    The General  Partner's  Capital  Account as
          of the  close of the  month  following  the date  the  other  Partners
          receive  the  withdrawing   General  Partner's  notice  of  withdrawal
          ("Effective  Date").  Such Capital Account will be adjusted to reflect
          such General  Partner's share of the profit or loss of the Partnership
          through the Effective Date and contributions by, and distributions to,
          such General Partner since the close of the Partnership's  last Fiscal
          Year to the extent such adjustments have not already been reflected in
          the  Capital  Account of such  General  Partner  on the  Partnership's
          books; or

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Teebank Family Limited Partnership                                Page 11 of 23

<PAGE>  128



                       7.2(b)(2)     The   fair   market  value  of his  General
          Partner interest as determined hereinafter.

                       7.2(b)(3)     Further, such distribution will be reduced 
          by  any  damages   attributable  to  such  Partner's  breach  of  this
          Agreement.

7.3       WITHDRAWALS  BY  LIMITED  PARTNERS.  No   Limited  Partner,  including
those  Limited  Partners who  are also General  Partners,  may withdraw from the
Partnership prior to its dissolution.

                 8. TRANSFERS; SUBSTITUTION; ADDITIONAL PARTNERS

8.1       ASSIGNMENT OF LIMITED PARTNER'S INTEREST. The Limited Partners may not
sell, assign, transfer, pledge,  hypothecate, or otherwise dispose of all or any
portion of their  Limited  Partner  interests,  except as  provided  below.  Any
purported assignment,  transfer, etc. which is prohibited by this Agreement will
be null and void and of no force or effect.

8.2      VOLUNTARY TRANSFERS OF LIMITED PARTNER'S INTERESTS.

         8.2(a)       If any Limited Partner ("TRANSFEROR L.P.") receives a BONA
FIDE  written  offer that the  Transferor  L.P.  desires to accept  ("TRANSFEREE
OFFER") from any person  ("TRANSFEREE")  to purchase all, but not less than all,
of the  Transferor  L.P.'s  Limited  Partnership  interests,  then,  before  any
transfer  of  the  Transferor  L.P.'s  Limited  Partner  interests  ("TRANSFEROR
INTEREST"), the Transferor L.P. will give the other Partners and the Partnership
written notice ("TRANSFER NOTICE") containing the following:

                      8.2(a)(1)   the  proposed  Transferee's  identity;

                      8.2(a)(2)   a true and complete  copy of the Transferee
          Offer;

                      8.2(a)(3)   and  the Transferor L.P.'s offer ("OFFER")  to
          sell  the  Transferor  Interest  to  the  other  Partners  or  to  the
          Partnership,  as the  case  may be,  at the  lower  of the  Transferor
          Interests' fair market value as determined  herein or the price in the
          Transferee  Offer and at the other terms and  conditions  set forth in
          the Transferee Offer.

          8.2(b)      Each  of  the other Partners will have the first option to
purchase  the  Transferor  Interest  in  accordance  with their  percentages  of
Partnership  Interests in the Partnership or such other  percentages as they may
unanimously agree upon. If not all of the other Partners elect to purchase, then
those Partners  electing to purchase will have the right to purchase the balance
of the Transferor  Interest in accordance with their  respective  percentages of
Partnership Interests among themselves, or in such other percentages as they may
unanimously agree.

          8.2(c)      If  the  other  Partners  fail  to  purchase  all  of  the
Transferor  Interest,  then the Partnership  will have the right to purchase the
remaining balance of the Transferor Interest.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Teebank Family Limited Partnership                                Page 12 of 23

<PAGE>  129



          8.2(d)       The  Offer will  be and  remain  irrevocable  for 60 days
following  the date the  Transfer  Notice  is  properly  delivered  to the other
Partners and to the Partnership  ("OFFER PERIOD").  At any time during the Offer
Period,  the other  Partners or the  Partnership or both may accept the Offer by
notifying the  Transferor  L.P. in writing.  If the Offer is accepted,  then the
parties will fix a closing date for the purchase, which will not be earlier than
ten, nor more than 90, days after the expiration of the Offer Period.

          8.2(e)       If  the  Offer is  accepted  by any other Partners or the
Partnership or both, as the case may be, the purchasing  Partners or Partnership
may elect to pay the  purchase  price  either in  accordance  with the terms and
conditions set forth in the Offer or in accordance with the terms and conditions
of this Agreement.

          8.2(f)       If  all  of  the  Transferor Interest is not purchased by
either the other Partners or the  Partnership,  then the Transferor L.P. will be
free,  for a period of 30 days after the  expiration  of the Offer Period ("FREE
TRANSFER PERIOD") to transfer the Transferor  Interest to the Transferee for the
same or greater  price and on the same terms and  conditions as set forth in the
Transferee  Offer.  If the  Transferor  L.P.  does not transfer  the  Transferor
Interest  within  the Free  Transfer  Period,  the  Transferor  L.P.'s  right to
transfer the Transferor  Interest pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth
herein will expire.

          8.2(g)       Any transfer by the Transferor L.P. after the last day of
the Free  Transfer  Period or  without  the  strict  compliance  with the terms,
provisions,  and  conditions of this  Agreement  will be null and void and of no
force and effect whatsoever.

          8.2(h)       Notwithstanding   anything   in  this  Agreement  to  the
contrary, Limited Partners may make gifts of their Limited Partnership Interests
to Permitted Transferees. For purposes of this Agreement, "PERMITTED TRANSFEREE"
means  (i)  any  other  Partner;  (ii)  the  Partner's  estate,  spouse,  lineal
ancestors,   descendants  by  birth  or  adoption,  siblings;  (iii)  charitable
organizations;  and (iv) trusts for the exclusive benefit of a Partner or trusts
for any of the other foregoing entities or individuals. Upon compliance with the
requirements  for  admission as a substitute  Limited  Partner as set forth this
Agreement, the donee may become a Substitute Limited Partner with respect to the
Partnership Interests transferred.

8.3       INVOLUNTARY TRANSFERS OF LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS.

          8.3(a)       If  any  Limited Partner's Partnership Interest is sought
to be transferred by any involuntary  means (other than death or adjudication of
incompetency  or  insanity),   including,   but  not  limited  to,   attachment,
garnishment,  execution,  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  levy or  seizure,  then such
Limited Partner's Partnership Interest will be purchased as follows.

          8.3(b)       Each of the other  Partners will have the first option to
purchase in accordance  with their  percentages of Partnership  Interests in the
Partnership or such other percentages as they may unanimously agree upon. If not
all of the other  Partners elect to purchase,  then those  Partners  electing to
purchase will have the right to purchase the balance of the offered  Partnership
Interest
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Teebank Family Limited Partnership                                Page 13 of 23

<PAGE>  130



in accordance with their respective  percentages of Partnership  Interests among
themselves, or in such other percentages as they may unanimously agree.

          8.3(c)      If the other Partners fail to purchase all of the interest
sought to be involuntarily transferred, then the Partnership will have the right
to purchase the remaining balance of such Partnership Interest.

          8.3(d)      The option to the other Partners and to the Partnership to
purchase the interest  sought to be  involuntarily  transferred  is  hereinafter
referred to as the "INVOLUNTARY OPTION."

          8.3(e)      The  Involuntary  Option  period of the other Partners and
the  Partnership  will  commence  upon  their  receipt  of actual  notice of the
attempted  involuntary  transfer and will terminate,  if not exercised,  60 days
thereafter,  unless sooner  terminated by written refusal of the other Partners.
An  election  to  exercise  any  Involuntary  Option will be made in writing and
transmitted to the Limited  Partner whose  Partnership  Interest is sought to be
involuntarily transferred.

          8.3(f)      Upon the failure or  neglect  of the other Partners or the
Partnership to purchase, in accordance with this Section, all of the Partnership
Interest sought to be  involuntarily  transferred,  the unpurchased  Partnership
Interest may be involuntarily transferred,  but such transferee may not become a
Substitute  Limited  Partner unless the  requirements  for becoming a Substitute
Limited Partner as set forth in this Agreement are satisfied. Nevertheless, such
transferee will be subject to this Agreement's terms and conditions.

          8.3(g)      If, notwithstanding the provisions of this Agreement,  any
Partnership Interest is transferred by involuntary means without compliance with
the terms and conditions of this Agreement,  then the Involuntary Option will be
to purchase such Partnership Interest from the transferee(s).

          8.3(h)      The  purchase   price  for  all  of  a  Limited  Partner's
Partnership   Interests  to  be  purchased  pursuant  to  the  exercise  of  the
Involuntary Option will be the Limited Partner's Capital Account as of the close
of the month  following  the  exercise  of the  Involuntary  Option  ("EFFECTIVE
DATE").  Such Capital Account will be adjusted to reflect such Limited Partner's
share of the profit or loss of the  Partnership  through the Effective  Date and
contributions  by, and distributions to, such Limited Partner since the close of
the  Partnership's  last  Fiscal Year to the extent  such  adjustments  have not
already  been  reflected in the Capital  Account of such Limited  Partner on the
Partnership's  books.  The purchaser will pay the purchase price pursuant to the
terms of this Agreement.

          8.3(i)      The closing date will occur on or before 30 days following
the exercise of the  Involuntary  Option.  At the closing,  the selling  Limited
Partner will execute such  instruments of assignment as shall be required by the
purchasing  Partner(s)  or the  Partnership,  so as to transfer the  Partnership
Interests being sold free and clear of all liens,  claims,  security  interests,
and  encumbrances  whatsoever.  If the selling  Limited Partner fails to execute
such documents,  then either the Managing or Co-Managing  General Partner may do
so pursuant to the power of attorney granted them in this Agreement.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Teebank Family Limited Partnership                                Page 14 of 23

<PAGE>  131



8.4       DETERMINATION OF VALUE.

          8.4(a)       The  value  of  a  Partner's  Limited  or General Partner
interest, will be such interest's Fair Market Value. "Fair Market Value" will be
determined by the General  Partners.  If the  withdrawing or transferor  Partner
objects to the General  Partners'  determination of Fair Market Value, then such
value will be determined by an appraiser  jointly  chosen by the  withdrawing or
transferor Partner and the General Partners.  If the parties cannot agree on the
choice of one  appraiser,  then the General  Partners will appoint an appraiser,
and the withdrawing or transferor Partner will appoint another  appraiser.  Each
party  will bear the cost of their own  appraisal.  If the  resulting  appraisal
values are different and the higher  appraisal value is less than 110 percent of
the lower appraisal,  then the two appraisals will be averaged, and the averaged
value will be the deemed fair market value for the  purposes of this  Agreement.
If the higher  appraisal  value is more than 110 percent of the lower  appraisal
value, then the  Partnership's  certified public accountant will appoint a third
appraiser  and submit  copies of the  independent  appraisals  to the  appraiser
selected by the accountant. The third appraiser will review both appraisals and,
on the basis of a review of the appraisals, will select the one appraisal which,
in the opinion of the third  appraiser,  is most  correct.  The  decision of the
third  appraiser  will be  final  and the  costs  of such  will be  borne by the
Partnership and will be accrued as a liability of the Partnership.

          8.4(b)       Adjustments to Fair Market Value will be made as follows:

                       8.4(b)(1)    To reflect  any  distributions  made  in the
          regular course of business,  between the Termination Date and the date
          the  Partnership  begins  payments in  redemption  of the  Partnership
          interest;

                       8.4(b)(2)    To  reflect  the effect of the  redemption 
          of the Partnership interest on the withdrawing Partner's interest, the
          value of the total Partnership  interests  outstanding and the Capital
          Account  balances   represented  by  the  Partnership   interests  not
          redeemed; and

                       8.4(b)(3)    For purposes of determining  the Fair Market
          Value of a General Partner's interests, to reflect an assumption,  for
          appraisal  purposes,  that the  withdrawal  rights  afforded a General
          Partner in this Agreement do not exist.

8.5       PAYMENT OF PURCHASE PRICE. The purchase price for a Partner's interest
will be paid by the purchaser(s) in 120 equal monthly principal installments (or
the remaining term of the  Partnership if less than 120 months) plus interest on
the unpaid  principal  balance at a rate equal to the prime rate  charged by the
bank where the Partnership conducts its banking business. The interest rate will
be adjusted  every six months.  The first  monthly  installment  will be due and
payable 120 days after the  determination  of value for the Partner's  interest.
The purchaser(s) may prepay the entire unpaid principal  balance at any time. In
the event of  non-payment of any  installment,  the  withdrawing  Partner or the
deceased Partner's personal representative,  as the case may be, may declare the
remaining  payments in default and thereby require the immediate  payment of the
entire unpaid principal balance with all accrued interest.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Teebank Family Limited Partnership                                Page 15 of 23

<PAGE>  132



8.6       EXTENSION OF TIME FOR PAYMENT OF PURCHASE PRICE.  Notwithstanding  the
above,  neither  the  Partnership  nor the  Partners  will be  required  to make
payments  for the  purchase of more than one  terminated  or deceased  Partner's
interest at any one time.  If during the period of time in which the Partners or
the Partnership are making payments to purchase a Partner's  interest,  an event
occurs  which would  require  the  Partners  or the  Partnership  to purchase an
additional  Partner's  interest,  then the payments for such Partner's  interest
will become due and  payable 30 days after the  completion  of payments  for the
purchase of the previously withdrawing or transferring Partner's interests.  The
purchasing party will issue a promissory note setting forth the delayed payment,
with  interest  accruing  thereon in  accordance  with these  provisions.  These
provisions only alter the timing of payments for a Partner's interest and do not
affect the  determination  of the  Termination  Date, the amount of the Purchase
Price, and all other rights and obligations provided herein.

8.7       DEATH OR INCAPACITY OF LIMITED  PARTNER.  The death,  adjudication  or
incompetency,   or  insanity  of  a  Limited   Partner  will  not  dissolve  the
Partnership.  In the  event of such  death,  adjudication  of  incompetency,  or
insanity,  the  legal  representative  or legal  successor  of the  deceased  or
incompetent  Limited  Partner who has legal  control of or inherits  his Limited
Partner  interests  will be deemed the  assignee of the entire  Limited  Partner
interests of the deceased or incompetent  Limited Partner and may be admitted as
a  Substitute  Limited  Partner if the  requirements  for  becoming a Substitute
Limited Partner as set forth in this Agreement are satisfied.  The estate of the
deceased  or  incompetent  Limited  Partner  will  be  liable  for  any  of  his
liabilities  and  obligations to the  Partnership and in his capacity as Limited
Partner.

8.8       SUBSTITUTE  LIMITED  PARTNERS.  No assignee or transferee of a Limited
Partner's interest in the Partnership will have the right to become a substitute
Limited Partner unless all of the following conditions are satisfied:

          8.8(a)       The General Partners have received, in form and substance
satisfactory to them, a written  instrument  executed by the  transferor,  which
instrument  transfers  to  the  transferee  all  or  part  of  the  transferor's
Partnership interests;

          8.8(b)       The  transferor  and  transferee  execute and acknowledge
such other  instruments  as the General  Partners may, in the General  Partner's
sole discretion deem necessary or desirable to effect such admission,  including
the transferee's  written  acceptance and adoption of this Agreement's terms and
conditions;

          8.8(c)       The assignee/transferee has paid or agreed to pay, as the
General  Partners  may  determine,  all  reasonable  expenses  relating  to such
admission; and

          8.8(d)       All of the General Partners have unanimously consented in
writing  to  the  assignee's/transferee's  admission  as  a  substitute  Limited
Partner.

8.9       TRANSFERS OF GENERAL PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS.

          8.9(a)       The  General Partners may  not  sell,  assign,  transfer,
pledge,  hypothecate,  encumber,  or otherwise  dispose of their General Partner
interests, without the prior written consent
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Teebank Family Limited Partnership                                Page 16 of 23

<PAGE>  133



of the other  General  Partner(s)  and a majority of the Limited  Partners.  Any
purported assignment,  transfer, etc. in contravention of this Agreement will be
null and void and of no force or effect.

          8.9(b)       Notwithstanding   anything  in  this   Agreement  to  the
contrary,  in the event of the General  Partner's death, the decedent's  General
Partner interests will pass to the General Partner's estate (executor,  personal
representative,  administrator,  trustee  or  assignee).  However,  the  General
Partner's  estate will only be a transferee of the General Partner  interest and
may only become a substitute  General Partner if the requirements for becoming a
Substitute General Partner, as set forth herein, are satisfied.

          8.9(c)       The  transferee  of a General Partner interest may not be
admitted as a substitute  General Partner without the written consent of all the
General Partners.  If there are no other General Partners,  then such transferee
may be  admitted  only with the  written  consent of a majority  of the  Limited
Partnership interests.

          8.9(d)       Further, the  transferee  must  have approved and adopted
all of the  provisions  of this  Agreement,  as the same may have been  amended,
which  approval  and  adoption may be evidenced in such manner as is required by
the General Partners.

          8.9(e)       If the  transferee does not receive the necessary consent
of the General or Limited Partners,  as the case may be, but otherwise satisfies
the  requirements  of this  Agreement,  such General  Partner  interests will be
deemed  Limited  Partner  interests  in the  hands of the  transferee,  and such
transferee  will be deemed  admitted only as a substitute  Limited  Partner with
respect thereto, and will not be deemed a General Partner for any purposes.

8.10      INCAPACITY OF A GENERAL PARTNER

          8.10(a)      At  the  commencement  of this Partnership, there will be
two General  Partners,  Bernard  Trager and Steven E. Trager,  with both General
Partners  being  Co-Managing  General  Partners.  In the event of a  Co-Managing
General  Partner's  illness or  incapacity,  the  remaining  CoManaging  General
Partner  will be  authorized  and  empowered to act for the  partnership  as the
Managing General Partner,  and in his name and place take all actions and do all
things as a Managing General Partner.

          8.10(b)      In the event  a Co-Managing General Partner has ceased to
serve or is unable to serve,  by reason of death,  incapacity,  or absence,  the
other Managing  General  Partner will have the right and authority to execute an
amendment to the Certificate of Limited Partnership, as attorney-in-fact for the
withdrawing General Partner.

          8.10(c)      If  any  Partner is an individual person, then any person
acting under a durable power of attorney or Letters of Guardianship or Committee
may exercise all of the Partner's  rights and voting authority for and on behalf
of his or her principal and will be entitled to receive any  distributions  from
the Partnership for and on behalf of the disabled Partner.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Teebank Family Limited Partnership                                Page 17 of 23

<PAGE>  134



8.11      SUCCESSOR GENERAL PARTNER.  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement
to the contrary,  upon the death or incapacity  of Bernard  Trager,  Jean Trager
will become a General Partner by converting one percent of her then  outstanding
Limited Partner interests into a one percent General Partner  interest.  If Jean
does not then own any Limited Partner  interests,  the Partnership will issue to
her a one percent  General  Partner  interest  under the terms and conditions of
this Agreement governing the issuance of Additional Partnership Interests.  Jean
will execute this Agreement as a General Partner promptly after her admission as
such.  Further,  Jean will have no liability  for debts and  obligations  of the
Partnership  that  were  outstanding  on the date  when she  becomes  a  General
Partner,  except to the  extent  provided  under the  Kentucky  Uniform  Limited
Partnership Act.

8.12     FIDUCIARIES AS PARTNERS.

         8.12(a)    FIDUCIARY CAPACITY.  A Partner may own one or more interests
in a  fiduciary  capacity,  such as a  trustee  under a trust  agreement,  as an
executor or a personal representative of an estate, or as a custodian. Except as
hereinafter  provided,  such  fiduciary  will  have no  interest  or  obligation
individually  with  respect to any such  interests,  but will be  considered  as
acting solely in such  fiduciary  capacity.  If a Partner  acting in a fiduciary
capacity  ceases to act as such, the successor  fiduciary  shall be a Partner in
the same  fiduciary  capacity  with  the  same  rights  and  obligations  as the
predecessor fiduciary. A person may be a Partner in an individual capacity and a
Partner in one or more fiduciary capacities.

         8.12(b)    REVOCABLE TRUSTS.   An individual  Partner that holds his or
her interests as trustee under a Revocable Trust that has not been admitted as a
Partner will be considered to have the same duties and  responsibilities  to the
Partnership  that such  individual  would  have if he or she held the  interests
individually.  The Trust shall be admitted as a Partner upon the approval of the
General Partners and upon approval and adoption of all of the provisions of this
Agreement, as the same may have been amended, which approval and adoption may be
evidenced in such manner as is required by the General Partners.

8.13     ADDITIONAL PARTNERS.

         8.13(a)    Additional  Partnership  interests may be issued and sold by
the  General  Partners  to any person  including,  but not limited to, a natural
person, trust,  corporation,  partnership or other association,  so long as such
Partnership  interest is in  accordance  with the  requirements  for a Qualified
Family Partnership,  for fair market value as determined by the General Partners
using  their  reasonable  business  judgment,  and  under  such  terms as deemed
advisable by the General Partners.  Admission of any Partner will not be a cause
of dissolution.

         8.13(b)    The  Partnership  will  admit  any  New  Partners upon their
approval and adoption of all of the  provisions of this  Agreement,  as the same
may have been  amended,  which  approval  and  adoption may be evidenced in such
manner as is required by the General Partners.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Teebank Family Limited Partnership                                Page 18 of 23

<PAGE>  135



                          9. FEDERAL INCOME TAX MATTERS

9.1       DISTRIBUTIVE  SHARES.  For  purposes of  Subchapter  K of the Internal
Revenue  Code,  the  distributive  shares  of  the  Partners  of  each  item  of
Partnership taxable income, gains, losses,  deductions or credits for any Fiscal
Year  will be in the same  proportions  as their  respective  shares  of the net
income or net loss of the Partnership allocated to them pursuant to the terms of
this Agreement.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  to the extent not inconsistent
with  the  allocation  of gain  provided  for  herein,  gain  recognized  by the
Partnership  which  represents   ordinary  income  by  reason  of  recapture  of
depreciation or cost recovery deductions for Federal income tax purposes will be
allocated to the Partner (or the Partner's  successor-in-interest)  to whom such
depreciation  or cost  recovery  deduction to which such  recapture  relates was
allocated.

9.2       ELECTIONS.  The  election  permitted  by Code  Section 754,  and   any
other elections  required or permitted to be made by the  Partnership  under the
Code,  will be made  by the  Co-Managing  General  Partner  in such  Co-Managing
General Partner's sole and absolute discretion.

9.3      TAX MATTERS PARTNER.   The  General  Partners  will  from  time to time
designate a Tax Matters Partner pursuant to Code Section 6231(a)(7).

                         10. DISSOLUTION AND WINDING-UP

10.1     EVENTS OCCASIONING DISSOLUTION.   The  Partnership  will  dissolve  and
terminate upon the occurrence of any of the following  events,  whichever  shall
first occur:

         10.1(a)  The occurrence of an event of  withdrawal by a General Partner
under Section 362.445 of the Kentucky Uniform Limited Partnership Act; provided,
however,  if there is a remaining General Partner such remaining General Partner
will be obligated to continue the Partnership.  Further,  in the event there are
no remaining General Partners,  then within 90 days of such event of withdrawal,
the  Limited  Partners,  if they own more  than 50  percent  of the  outstanding
partnership  interests  (excluding any Limited  Partnership  interests held by a
General  Partner(s)  whose  withdrawal  gave rise to the  dissolution)  may,  by
unanimous  written  consent,  agree to the  appointment  of a successor  General
Partner, effective as of the date of withdrawal of a General Partner(s).

         10.1(b)   December 31, 2036;

         10.1(c)   The written  consent of all the Partners to dissolve the
Partnership; 

         10.1(d)   Subject  to  the  Partners'  waiver  of  the  right  to  seek
judicial  dissolution,  an entry of a decree of judicial  dissolution  otherwise
occurring under the Kentucky Uniform Limited Partnership Act.

10.2     WINDING-UP.  The Partnership  will be allowed one year from the date of
any event occasioning dissolution for the winding-up of its affairs and shall be
allowed such  additional  time as may be reasonable  for the orderly sale of the
Partnership properties.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Teebank Family Limited Partnership                                Page 19 of 23

<PAGE>  136



10.3      EVENTS NOT OCCASIONING DISSOLUTION.  The Partnership will not dissolve
upon the death, bankruptcy, adjudication of incompetency or insanity, withdrawal
or  assignment of the  Partnership  Interest of a Limited  Partner.  In any such
event,  the  General  Partners  will  have the right  and duty to  continue  the
business of the Partnership under the terms of this Agreement.

                                11. MISCELLANEOUS

11.1      AMENDMENTS.  This  Agreement may be amended from time to time upon the
written  consent of all of the General  Partners  and of the  Non-Family  Member
Partner.  However,  this  Agreement  will not be amended to change any Partner's
share of the liabilities or distributions without the consent of such Partner.

11.2      NOTICES.

          11.2(a)      All  notices,  requests,  demands or other communications
required or permitted  under this Agreement will be in writing and be personally
delivered against a written receipt,  delivered to a reputable messenger service
(such as  Federal  Express,  DHL  Courier,  United  Parcel  Service,  etc.)  for
overnight  delivery,  transmitted by confirmed  telephonic  facsimile  (fax), or
transmitted by mail, registered, express or certified, return receipt requested,
postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

                       11.2(a)(1)   If   given   to   the   Partnership, to  the
          Partnership at its principal office; or

                       11.2(a)(2)   If given to a Partner, to the Partner at the
          address set forth on the records of the Partnership.

          11.2(b)      All notices, demands and requests will be effective  upon
being  properly  personally  delivered,  upon  being  delivered  to a  reputable
messenger service,  upon transmission of a confirmed fax or upon being deposited
in the United States mail as herein provided.  However, the time period in which
a response to any such notice,  demand or request must be given will commence to
run from the date of  personal  delivery,  the date of  delivery  by a reputable
messenger  service,  the  date on the  confirmation  of a fax or the date on the
return receipt, as applicable.

11.3      NO DELIVERY OF CERTIFICATES.  The General Partners are not required to
deliver  copies of any  Certificate  of  Limited  Partnership  or  amendment  or
cancellation to the Limited Partners.

11.4      GOVERNING LAW.   This  Agreement  will be construed in accordance with
and governed by the laws of the State of Kentucky.

11.5      ARBITRATION.  The parties will submit any and all  disputed  issues to
final and binding arbitration. A disputed issue means any disagreement in regard
to any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and any dispute between the
parties concerning their relationships, including issues not directly covered by
this  Agreement.  Any such  dispute  will not be  subject to appeal to any court
except to permit a party to seek  court  enforcement  of any  arbitration  award
rendered hereunder.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Teebank Family Limited Partnership                                Page 20 of 23

<PAGE>  137



If the parties agree to the appointment of a single arbitrator,  then the single
arbitrator  will  determine  and decide any dispute  arising  hereunder.  If the
parties  cannot agree to the selection of a single  arbitrator,  then each party
will designate an attorney to serve as an arbitrator, and the selected attorneys
will select an arbitrator, who is a certified public accountant, to be the third
arbitrator.  The  arbitrator(s)  will  establish  rules for the  conduct  of the
arbitration  consistent with the rules of the American  Arbitration  Association
and KRS 417.050 et seq.,  will be  impartial,  and will have no prior or present
relationship  with any of the parties.  The arbitration  hearing and proceedings
will take place in the Commonwealth of Kentucky,  and will be enforceable in the
Commonwealth  of  Kentucky.   The  arbitrator(s)  will  be  empowered  to  hear,
conclusively  determine and resolve all claims and disputes between the parties.
Arbitration  fees and  expenses  will be shared  equally  by the  parties to the
arbitration.  The  parties  agree  that all  matters  to be  arbitrated  and the
arbitration award will be maintained on a confidential basis. All issues and the
results  thereof will not be disclosed by the parties or their  representatives,
and  the  parties  and  their  representatives  will  not  report  any of  their
proceedings  to the public.  These  provisions  will not prohibit any party from
securing witnesses,  experts, or other advisors as is necessary in order for the
parties to present their case, etc.

11.6      POWER OF ATTORNEY.

          11.6(a)  Each Partner, in accepting this Agreement, makes, constitutes
and appoints the Co-Managing  General  Partners with full power of substitution,
as the Partner's  attorney-in-fact and personal representative to sign, execute,
certify,  acknowledge,  file and record the Certificate of Limited  Partnership,
and to sign,  execute,  certify,  acknowledge,  file and record all  appropriate
instruments amending this Agreement,  and the Certificate of Limited Partnership
on behalf of the Partner. In particular,  the Co-Managing  General Partners,  as
attorney-in-fact,  may sign,  acknowledge,  certify,  and file and record on the
behalf of each Partner such instruments, agreements, and documents that:

                   11.6(a)(1)    Reflect the exercise by the Co-Managing General
          Partner of any of the powers granted to him under this Agreement;

                   11.6(a)(2)    Reflect any  amendments made to this Agreement;

                   11.6(a)(3)    Reflect   the   admission  or   withdrawal of a
          General or Limited Partner; and

                   11.6(a)(4)    May otherwise be required of the Partnership or
          a Partner by Federal or State law, or the law of any other  applicable
          jurisdiction.

          11.6(b)  The power of attorney herein given by each Limited Partner is
a durable power and will survive the  disability or incapacity of the principal.
Further,  this power of  attorney is  irrevocable  and a power  coupled  with an
interest;  therefore,  it will  not be  revoked  by the  death,  dissolution  or
termination of any Partner.

11.7      PARTITION.  The Partners agree that no Partner, nor any successor in
interest to any Partner,  will have the right,  while this Agreement  remains in
effect, to have any of the Partnership's property
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Teebank Family Limited Partnership                                Page 21 of 23

<PAGE>  138



partitioned,  or to file a complaint or otherwise institute any suit, action, or
proceeding  at law or in  equity  to  have  any  of the  Partnership's  property
partitioned. Further, each Partner, on behalf of himself, his successors, heirs,
and assigns hereby waives any such right.

11.8      WAIVER OF RIGHT TO COURT DECREE OF DISSOLUTION. The parties agree that
irreparable  damage  would be done to the  Partnership's  good will and business
affairs  if any  Partner  should  bring  an  action  in court  to  dissolve  the
Partnership.  Care has been taken in this  Agreement to provide what the parties
feel is fair and just payment in liquidation of the Partnership interests of all
Partners.  Accordingly,  each party hereby waives and renounces his or her right
to a court  decree of  dissolution  or to seek court  appointment  of a receiver
and/or  liquidator  for the  Partnership,  under any  statutory,  common law, or
regulatory rule, except as may be sought by the Partnership.

11.9      AGREEMENT BINDING.  This  Agreement  will  be binding upon the next of
kin,  heirs,  executors,  administrators,  successors and assigns of the parties
hereto.

11.10     INVALID PROVISIONS. The invalidity or unenforceability of a particular
provision of this Agreement will not affect the other provisions hereof, and the
Agreement will be construed in all respects as if such invalid or  unenforceable
provisions were omitted.

11.11     WAIVER. The failure to exercise any of the terms and conditions by the
parties will not be construed as a waiver of any other terms and  conditions  by
the parties, and, in addition, all terms and conditions hereof will be deemed to
be cumulative  and the exercise of any term or condition by the parties will not
be deemed a waiver of any other right,  and a failure to exercise any right will
not be deemed a waiver to exercise  any other right at that time or at any other
time or times.

11.12     THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES.  This  Agreement  does not create, and will
not be construed as creating,  any rights  enforceable by any person not a party
to this Agreement.

In order to evidence their  understanding  of and agreement to all the terms and
conditions of this  instrument,  the parties have signed multiple copies of this
Agreement, each one of which, when signed by all the parties, will be considered
an original.

DATED:  7/17,1998

GENERAL PARTNERS:


/S/ BERNARD M. TRAGER                   /S/ STEVEN E. TRAGER
Bernard M. Trager,                      Steven E. Trager
Co-Managing General Partner             Co-Managing General Partner

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Teebank Family Limited Partnership                                Page 22 of 23

<PAGE>  139




LIMITED PARTNERS:


/S/ BERNARD M. TRAGER               /S/ JEAN S. TRAGER
Bernard M. Trager, Limited Partner  Jean S. Trager, Limited Partner

/S/ STEVEN E. TRAGER                /S/ SHELLEY TRAGER KUSMAN
Steven E. Trager, Limited Partner   Shelley Trager Kusman, Limited Partner


/S/ SCOTT TRAGER                    /S/ Paul Didier
Scott Trager, Limited Partner       PNC Bank Kentucky, Inc.
                                    Trustee of the Bernard Trager Trust
                                    under Agreement dated December 23, 1985,
                                    Limited Partner


/S/ STEVEN E. TRAGER                /S/ SHELDON G. GILMAN
Steven E. Trager,                   Sheldon G. Gilman,
Trustee of the Steven E. Trager     Trustee of the Andrew Kusman Trust,
Revocable Trust under Agreement,    dated December 27, 1989,
Dated April 3, 1995,                Limited Partner
Limited Partner


/S/ SHELDON G. GILMAN               /S/ SHELDON G. GILMAN
Sheldon G. Gilman,                  Sheldon G. Gilman,
Trustee of the Michael Kusman Trust,Trustee of the Kevin Trager Trust,
dated December  27, 1989,           dated December 27, 1989,
Limited Partner                     Limited Partner


/S/ SHELDON G. GILMAN               /S/ SHELDON G. GILMAN
Sheldon G. Gilman,                  Sheldon G. Gilman,
Trustee of the Brett Kusman Trust,  Trustee of the Emily Trager Trust,
dated January 2, 1992,              dated June 1, 1992,
Limited Partner                     Limited Partner

/S/ SUSAN B. COHEN TRUST
U/A/DTD 7/3/92
Susan B. Cohen Trust
U/A dtd 7/3/92


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Teebank Family Limited Partnership                                Page 23 of 23




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission